Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (B-BBEE Act)
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Documents available on tender detail page
Tender Type
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Delivery Location
MEDUPI POWER STATION - LEPHALALE - LEPHALALA - 0555
Organization Type
GOVERNMENT
Published
29 Jul 2026
OCDS Reference
ocds-9t57fa-163825
This tender involves the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at eskom's medupi power station for a duration of five years. The contract requires strict adherence to eskom's occupational health and safety (OHS) standards and statutory regulations.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Return to this tender’s issuing organisation, province, or category.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Date & Time
Tuesday, 25 August 2026 - 10:00
Venue
null
Not applicable
Categories
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
MEDUPI POWER STATION - LEPHALALE - LEPHALALA - 0555
AI Document Analysis Stages
Review in progress
The information shown on this card is preliminary. Our procurement team is currently finalising the submission guidelines, evaluation criteria, technical specifications, financial requirements, and compliance sections so you have a clean, bid-ready summary to work from. Documents being finalised: Annex-c_Local content Declaration-Summary Schedule.pdf, 240-157835076 - Eskom's (SHEQ) Policy poster (32-727) - REV 8.pdf, Eskom's (SHEQ) Policy poster (32-727) 27 March 2024 - REV 8.pdf and 2 more. You don’t need to refresh — this page will pick up the updated review automatically.
29 Jul
2026
Tender Published
Tender was published
25 Aug
2026
Closing Date
Tender closing date
These references help suppliers understand the public-procurement framework around this opportunity. They are generated from the tender category, issuing organisation type and procurement context.
These rules commonly apply to South African public-sector procurement.
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 108 of 1996 (s217)
This is general procurement context, not legal advice. Always verify requirements in the official tender documents and issuing authority notices.
20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.doc
Eskom is inviting contractors to supply and refurbish deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5‑year period. The tender requires compliance with Eskom’s labour and tax regulations, submission of a detailed labour taxation questionnaire, and provision of all relevant registration numbers.
SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf
Eskom is inviting bids for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 60‑month, 5‑year contract. The tender places strong emphasis on B‑BBEE compliance, local content, SDL&I (Skills, Development, and Localisation) targets, and strict reporting and penalty provisions.
240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdf
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. It involves identifying, repairing, or scrapping damaged materials, with a focus on repairable (rotable) items. The process is governed by Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management (P&SCM) work instructions, including SAP-based tracking, documentation, and compliance with quality and warranty standards.
Eskom's (SHEQ) Policy poster (32-727) 27 March 2024 - REV 8.pdf
NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf
Annex-e_Local Content Declaration-Supporting Schedule to Annex C - Copy.pdf
Code of Ethics 32-527.pdf
This tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Eskom's Medupi Power Station, with a contract duration of 5 years. The tender is issued by Eskom and closes on August 25, 2026.
240-157835076 - Eskom's (SHEQ) Policy poster (32-727) - REV 8.pdf
241-202211281 Medupi power station deashing system spares scope of work.pdf
Eskom is inviting tenders for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo for a 5-year period. The scope includes supply, delivery, and refurbishment of components like hydrovac cones, rotary feeders, cyclones, launders, slurry pumps, and V-belts to improve the reliability and availability of the deashing system, which is critical for preventing ash-related downtime and erosion in the power station's boiler plant.
240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf
Eskom is seeking a supplier for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo for a 5-year period. The tender emphasizes quality management system compliance with ISO 9001:2015 standards and requires submission of specific quality documentation.
PAYE Questionnaire for Service Contracts 2025_2026.doc
This document is Eskom's PAYE Questionnaire for Service Contracts (Supplier Evaluation Pack) used to determine the tax classification of contractors (Company/CC/Trust or Individual) providing services to Eskom Group of Companies. It applies to the 2025/2026 tax year and determines whether a contractor is classified as an Independent Contractor, Personal Service Provider, Labour Broker, or Dependent Contractor, which affects PAYE withholding requirements. The tender referenced is for 'The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years' in Limpopo province, closing 25 August 2026.
Unpriced BOQ and CPA Deashing.xlsx
Eskom is inviting tenders for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo over a 5-year period. The scope includes supplying and refurbishing components like Hydrovac cones, Rotary Feeders, Cyclones, Launders, Pumps, and related kits and services.
240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. The document provided is Eskom's 'Life-Saving Rules' standard, which outlines critical safety protocols for all employees, contractors, and visitors. These rules are mandatory and enforce zero tolerance for violations to prevent serious injuries or fatalities.
240-109253698 CQP Template 2021.docx
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo, South Africa, over a 5-year period. Issued by Eskom, it requires a structured Contract Quality Plan (QCP) aligned with SANS 466:2005/ISO 10005:2005, detailing quality management, processes, and compliance for manufacturing, refurbishment, and supply of components. The scope includes onsite/offsite activities, sub-supplier management, documentation, and post-delivery support.
ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years. The Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) policy of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd emphasizes the organization's commitment to safety, health, environment, and quality management.
240-109253302 _ Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2.docx
The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years is a tender issued by ESKOM, requiring the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components.
Safety_ Life Saving Rule poster 1.pdf
The tender involves the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. It is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, South Africa, with a closing date of August 25, 2026. The document emphasizes strict adherence to Eskom's Life-Saving Rules (ZeroHarm Cardinal Rules) to ensure safety, including electrical work protocols, fall protection, seat belt usage, sobriety, and permit-to-work requirements.
Annex-d_Imports Declaration-Supporting schedule to Annex C - Copy.pdf
240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdf
Eskom is inviting tenders for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo for a 5-year period. The tender emphasizes compliance with ISO 9001 standards and Eskom's Supplier Quality Requirements (240-105658000). The scope includes pre-contract assessments, contract execution, and post-contract quality monitoring.
Annex-c_Local content Declaration-Summary Schedule.pdf
240-126469599_Method Statement template final 18 Oct2021.docx
Eskom is seeking a supplier for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo, South Africa, for a contract period of 5 years. The tender requires submission of a comprehensive Method Statement covering scope of work, competency requirements, risk management, stakeholder engagement, and quality management processes.
Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf
Eskom is seeking bids for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo over a 5-year period. The project involves supply, delivery, and refurbishment, with a strong emphasis on safety due to identified hazards in driving, offloading, and storage activities.
Annexure B - Acknowledgement Form for Eskom SHE Rules and other Requirements.docx
The tender involves the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. It emphasizes strict compliance with Eskom's Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) legal and procedural requirements, including statutory regulations and Eskom-specific standards. The main contractor/supplier is accountable for ensuring OHS compliance across all tiers of subcontractors/suppliers, with penalties for non-conformance.
Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. It is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, South Africa, with a closing date of 25 August 2026. The tender emphasizes strict compliance with Eskom's Safety, Health, and Environmental (SHE) rules, as well as contractor and supplier management requirements.
240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf
202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdf
Eskom is inviting tenders for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station in Limpopo for a 5-year period. The tender process is open, competitive, and governed by strict compliance, ethical, and procedural requirements. Submissions must adhere to Eskom’s Standard Conditions of Tender (Rev 12) and Tender Data, with a closing date of 25 August 2026.
GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdf
ESKOM’s tender for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station (Limpopo) for a 5‑year period. The tender requires strict B‑BBEE compliance, detailed B‑BBEE scorecards (consolidated or measured entity level), and adherence to guidelines on complex structures and fronting. Technical specifications for the components and a comprehensive refurbishment and maintenance plan are mandatory.
NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.doc
Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdf
The tender requires the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years, with a focus on environmental compliance and adherence to Eskom's standards and procedures.
241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf
Eskom is procuring and refurbishing deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5‑year period. The tender requires suppliers to meet mandatory ISO 9001 certification, provide detailed technical documentation, demonstrate relevant experience, and submit qualified personnel and workshop facilities. Technical evaluation will be based on a 5‑point scoring system with a minimum 80% threshold for qualification.
240-105658000 QM58.pdf
The tender is for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. Eskom requires suppliers to adhere to stringent quality management systems (QMS) based on ISO 9001, with detailed pre- and post-contract quality requirements, including quality plans, audits, and compliance with technical specifications.
32-95 OHS Incident Management Pocedure Rev 9 - 30 March 2021.pdf
Tender issued by ESKOM for the Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years, located in Limpopo Province. Closing date: 25 August 2026 at 10:00 (UTC). Note: The document content provided is Eskom's Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Incident Management Procedure (Document 32-95, Revision 9, dated 30 March 2021), which appears to be a supporting/reference document governing OHS compliance for contractors and employees at Eskom facilities, including Medupi Power Station.
Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf
OHS Specification.pdf
240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdf
240-106084675 Annexure C 3 OHS Tender Evaluation Template (High risk).docx
Eskom is procuring and refurbishing deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5‑year period. The tender places a strong emphasis on Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) compliance, requiring detailed OHS plans, risk assessments, costing, competency evidence, and valid certifications.
240-77471499 Annexure B.docx
The tender involves the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over a 5-year period. It is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, with a closing date of August 25, 2026. The document emphasizes strict compliance with Eskom's Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) requirements, legal standards, and contractor management obligations.
To download these documents and access AI-powered analysis, visit the main tender page.
Win Eskom tenders with AI Tender Matching, technical document analysis, compliance scoring, and structured bid support for energy and engineering contracts.
Matched by category & region
Free guidance to prepare before you bid
Not sure if your business is ready for this tender? Check CSD, CIDB, and B-BBEE requirements, run a readiness assessment, and move from opportunity to submission.
Open Supplier Readiness Hub💡 Want more tendering tips and strategies?
Explore Our BlogMedian Estimate
R 939 600
Range
Based on 13 comparable awarded tenders. Companies with similar profiles typically bid near the median.
* Estimates are based on historical data and do not guarantee actual award values.
Get deep intelligence on Services: General. Unlock full pricing strategies, bid frequency, and historical win rates.
We refine every tender document through these stages so you can brief your team and prepare your bid with confidence. Anything marked as "in progress" will be upgraded automatically — no action required from you.
Description
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdfTitle: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Alternative Reference QM 58
Number:
Area of Applicability: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
Functional Area: Quality Management
Revision: 3
Total Pages: 28
Next Review Date: October 2024
Disclosure Controlled Disclosure
Classification:
Compiled by Supported by Functional Authorized by
Responsibility
SA Sambo P Dondashe L Meyer K Pather
Chief Advisor Middle Manager Acting Senior General Manager
Quality Quality Manager Quality Risk and
Management Management Management Sustainability
Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 17 October 2021
EDC TN Formatted 15.10.2021
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Content
. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 7
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 8
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 10
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement ...................................................................... 13
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment ........................... 16
3.7 Post-Contract Award ...................................................................................................... 17
3.7.1 Contract Execution .............................................................................................. 17
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ................................................. 18
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit .......................................................................................... 18
3.8 Standard Conditions ....................................................................................................... 19
3.8.1 Rights of Access .................................................................................................. 19
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information ................................................................................ 20
3.8.3 Preservation ........................................................................................................ 21
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions ....................................................................... 25
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by
Eskom ................................................................................................................. 25
3.8.6 Special Processes ............................................................................................... 26
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 27
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 27
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 27
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 28
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for all
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers. Eskom’s
position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to continually improve
their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to the standard.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this specification is to outline the requirements according to which suppliers shall
develop,
implement,
maintain, and
continually improve
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
2.1.2 Applicability
This specification shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited divisions, its subsidiaries,
suppliers, and sub-suppliers and shall form part of all Eskom requests for information (RFI)/ requests
for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for the procurement of products
and services.
2.1.3 Effective date
Date of authorisation of the specification
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
Success
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
Eskom representative or Eskom inspection agency, whichever is applicable.
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
Requirements are generally specified in the purchase order and/or contract documentation,
but may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
A supplier may be a natural or legal person and includes any employee acting within the
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved Inspection Authority
CA Corrective Action
CQP Contract Quality Plan
FIDIC Federation Internationale Des Ingenieurs- Conseils
FMECA Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
ITP Inspection and Test Plan
NC Nonconformity
NDT Non Destructive Testing
PMI Positive Material Identification
QCP Quality Control Plan
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
QMS Quality Management System
PQP Project Quality Plan
RFI Request for Information
RFQ Request for Quotation
RFP Request for Proposal
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality
SETA Skills Education Training Authorities
WPS Welding procedure specifications
WQR Welder’s Qualification Record
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Eskom Quality representative/ professional will select applicable requirements for existing and
potential Eskom suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier
Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001
Standard).
The existing and/ or potential suppliers must complete, sign and return Form A with the other
returnable as listed in the List of Tender Returnable document (240-12248652). Other roles and
responsibilities for this standard are defined within the text of this specification.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
The application of this specification throughout Eskom shall be audited as per the management
system audit schedule.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
The documents superseded by this specification: all divisional and business unit supplier quality
requirements standards and/or specifications.
Forms and templates:
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The quality assessment criteria and Form A of this specification will be selected and completed by
an Eskom Quality representative/ professional who will identify the applicable supplier quality
requirements to be met.
Form A of this specification must also be completed and signed by the supplier responding to an
Eskom invitation to tender, in order to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality requirements
as per this specification and ISO 9001 Standard or any additional quality requirements specific to
the scope of work.
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001 and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, work flow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
Verification of the QMS
Audits and surveillances
Regular assessment of the CQPs and reviews of QCPs.
NC and Defect Management
Inspection and test plans
Risk management
3.2 Quality Plan
The information in this section constitutes the minimum requirements for a quality plan.
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and test
plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to the scope
of work and/ or technical specification.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
The supplier shall, where applicable, based on scope of work criticality, ensure that procurement
documents clearly and unambiguously require sub-supplier submission of a sub-supplier CQP for
supplier and Eskom review.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier CQPs are developed and implemented in
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In
addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall
include the following (as applicable):
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct
radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and personnel records
shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification and, where applicable, legal requirements.
3.3.6 The personnel required to perform special processes shall be certified competent through a
certificate of competency in accordance with the company’s internal training management
and competency control procedures or an external certification body (for example, NDT)
through an accredited service provider as per Skills Education Training Authorities (SETA)
requirements.
3.3.7 All personnel who perform activities that affect quality shall have their training needs identified
and documented. The required training shall be implemented in accordance with the
company’s training management and competency control procedures. All the training
certificates shall meet the SETA requirements in terms of having the unit standard completed
and the accreditation number of the service providers.
3.3.8 Instructions and requirements for equipment and materials storage, preservation, and
maintenance, including identification of materials required for preservation and maintenance,
are to be provided sufficiently prior to receipt (prior to shipment or earlier) to ensure that
appropriate resources are available at the time of delivery.
3.3.9 Specific quality monitoring and verification activities are to be undertaken on the supplier’s
sub-suppliers by Eskom or it agent.
3.3.10 The CQP information need to include, but not limited to:
Spells out the aspects of the QMS to be applied within a specific Eskom project, and the
methods to be utilised to ensure quality.
Outline the resources, the communication channels, applicable documents and records to be
generated.
Management Authority and Responsibility from both supplier and client need to outline in the
Cqp.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
List of documents and records that will be used and submitted during the execution of the
project.
Communications channels should include contact person and contact details
Monitoring & measurement procedures for activities need to be indicated.
3.3.11 The main supplier and sub-supplier CQPs shall comply with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications and shall be submitted prior to the initial scope of work kick-off or initial pre-
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.12 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
The supplier shall develop and implement processes and procedures that efficiently and effectively
monitor, verify and document the quality of the scope of work for deliverables.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are prepared at a level of detail
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and
they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness
points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
Qcp/ itp.
3.4.6 All applicable codes, standards, and relevant acceptance criteria documents are available at
the work location, and Eskom representatives on site shall have on-going access to this
information. Workplace documentation shall be available in English and in any workforce-
appropriate language.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
Eskom contract number and title
The supplier’s order number
Identification of the area of works/contract
Description of the work, with components, item number, and activity date
QCP/ITP unique number
A list of the sequence of operations, including inspection and tests
The identification of the specification, drawing number, or procedure for each operation,
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
The acceptance criteria, with reference to the technical specification, in-house, national, or
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
The inspection and test activities that the supplier has nominated for its intervention points
Provision for the inclusion of intervention points nominated by Eskom and/or its authority/
agency
Provision for intervention point acceptance by date and signature for all parties having
intervention in the plan
Inspection and test records to be generated by the supplier for each operation and an
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications, including, but not limited to, the following requirements:
Clear and unambiguous description of the equipment and location(s) at which each activity
will take place, including facility location(s)
Identification of quality verification activity and stage
The details of reference documents, procedures, or method statements to be utilised in
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition of acceptance criteria
Listing of certifying or verifying documents generated to provide evidence of compliance
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
Identification of main supplier and sub-supplier (where applicable) third-party/approved
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
Qualification requirements for quality control inspectors, including any third-party/AIA
inspectors
Listing of all proposed test procedures
Acceptance criteria for each inspection or test in alignment with specified tolerances
A section for signed acceptance of the QC/ITP by the supplier, sub-supplier (where
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
Inspection or testing intervention points, including, but not limited to, factory acceptance test
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
The supplier shall arrange coordination meetings with Eskom prior to placement of orders
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
Supplier inspection personnel, including inspection agency personnel, shall be competent
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification.
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Requirements for inspection checklists and inspection assignments, with lists of items to be
inspected
An inspection and testing report format, report content, schedule for report processing and
distribution, and report retention requirements
Inspection and test report results response tracking (log) and resolution of nonconformity in
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
Associated Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) reports relating to the
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) report, as applicable
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement
3.5.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
Eskom supplier quality requirements for all existing and potential suppliers and sub-suppliers are
classified into four categories (category 1, 2, 3 and 4). Suppliers must prepare and submit quality
documentation as per the tender selected category (indicated in Form A) using the list of tender
returnables document.
NOTE: Only one (1) category must be applicable per procurement process e.g. [Eskom requests for
information (RFI)/ requests for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for
the procurement of products and services].
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
3.5.2 Category 1: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a valid copy of ISO 9001 or any applicable certificate of a QMS (the
latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal and external
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit a draft, or an example of an inspection and test
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
3.5.3 Category 2: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed, implemented and maintained QMS
that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be submitted:
Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented information)
Quality Objectives (documented information)
Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented information )
Internal audit procedure (documented information)
Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal audit reports. The
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example of inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
document (240-12248652).
3.5.4 Category 3: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed QMS that complies with ISO 9001
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/ signed
copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information )
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
NB: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.5.5 Category 4: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to the
scope of work.
The quality method statement should address all the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit a signed/ approved quality policy (aligned with the supplier’s strategic
direction). (documented information)
The supplier shall submit a copy of quality objectives. (documented information)
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of the documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities, specific to the project/ scope of work/ technical requirements. Examples of relevant
documented information are; organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty
statements, manuals, procedures.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment
Supplier capability and capacity assessments shall be performed prior to contract award on potential
suppliers participating in Eskom Holdings procurement process to:
provide products and services with high risk to operational sustainability
work on critical plant and equipment
supply of critical plant items or components
provide special processes
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
All sub-suppliers used by the main supplier/ contractor, performing work on Eskom critical plant
equipment, supplying commodities and providing specialised services shall be subjected to the
capability and capacity assessment.
Critical plant includes the following:
Generation Level 1 & 2 plant
Transmission and Distribution Power Plant & Control Plant
Mega Projects
All potential quality risks identified will be included in the assessment report provided for the tender
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted.
3.7 Post-Contract Award
3.7.1 Contract Execution
The supplier shall submit the following documents within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the
contract date, prior to the commencement of work, for acceptance by Eskom:
The supplier shall complete a QCP before contract award. This shall be reviewed and
signed off by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The supplier shall complete a quality control plan and ITP(s) for review and acceptance by
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The sub-supplier QCP/ ITP shall be submitted for review and comment by the supplier and
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
The equipment lists and an indication of pressurised components and systems.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
Correspondence shall be directed to the project manager, and periodic quality review
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
The mandatory quality review meetings are to be convened by the nominated project quality
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
Monthly quality performance and management reports are to be prepared by the supplier
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase
During the contract execution phase, suppliers shall be monitored by Eskom for performance on
quality-related aspects.
The outcomes of such monitoring will enable Eskom to take any appropriate actions pertaining to
the supplier.
The monitoring shall be carried out periodically by Eskom or at predetermined intervals during the
execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored key performance
areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system
Subsequent key performance indicators associated with these areas will include the following:
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit
3.7.3.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers
3.7.3.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.4 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.3.5 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Cqp.
3.7.3.6 The supplier shall submit, for Eskom review, documented processes for conducting project
scope of work quality audits and related quality performance reviews. Supplier quality audits
and related quality performance review processes shall be designed to address evaluation
of progress towards completion of project functional area deliverables as well as final
deliverable quality.
3.7.3.7 The supplier shall provide a schedule of anticipated quality audits covering all functional
areas and related quality performance reviews at the time of first post-contract award CQP
submission.
3.8 Standard Conditions
3.8.1 Rights of Access
Eskom:
3.8.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
3.8.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
3.8.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
The supplier:
3.8.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
3.8.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
3.8.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
3.8.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
3.8.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
3.8.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information
3.8.2.1 To expect that the works will be conducted in accordance with the contract between the
parties.
3.8.2.2 To have access to the supplier’s information as determined by applicable legislation.
3.8.2.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee the supplier’s audit programmes by participating in
selected audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages.
Eskom will coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the
supplier’s audit schedule.
3.8.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
3.8.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
3.8.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
3.8.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
3.8.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
3.8.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
3.8.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
3.8.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
3.8.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
3.8.2.14 Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs
for Eskom oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.8.2.15 Shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and
before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect the
products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.2.16 Reserves the right to suspend any pending deliveries by the issuing of a cease delivery
order at any time and for any portion of the work that is not being performed in accordance
with the specified/agreed requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3 Preservation
The supplier shall develop and implement a comprehensive preservation programme consisting of
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
3.8.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
3.8.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
3.8.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not
limited to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
3.8.3.4 Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
Moreover, there is also a need to integrate data flows and systems between Eskom and the
supplier. Further details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
3.8.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.6 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier provided preservation requirements
and recommendations.
3.8.3.7 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations.
3.8.3.8 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
3.8.3.9 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
3.8.3.10 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
3.8.3.11 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.12 Where the project responsibility for equipment and materials management has been
formally delegated, the supplier’s preservation programme shall ensure clear and
unambiguous communication of pre-operation preservation of goods quality requirements
to sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.13 The supplier’s preservation programme shall clearly and unambiguously document
processes and procedures for efficient and effective monitoring of compliance with
programme requirements.
3.8.3.14 Compliance monitoring shall commence with ensuring comprehensive consideration of
preservation requirements in the engineering instruction and subsequent inclusion of said
instruction in procurement documentation and shall be applicable until such time as
equipment or materials have been incorporated in an operating or operational system or
structure.
3.8.3.15 Compliance evaluation frequency shall anticipate transfer of tactical-level responsibility for
management of preservation responsibilities between project functional areas, for example,
procurement to logistics, logistics to fabrication, fabrication to logistics, logistics to
construction, etc., and shall, in similar fashion, anticipate transfer of support for tactical-level
responsibility between various subcontracted service providers.
3.8.3.16 Supplier engineering shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project procurement, logistics, construction management,
quality, security, and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective
implementation of preservation requirements. This shall take the form of a preservation
programme applicable to all systems, system components, equipment, materials, customer-
supplied materials, and other goods procured or managed under the scope of work.
3.8.3.17 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address temporary, long-term, and in-transit preservation requirements, including, but not
limited to:
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, atmospheric conditions,
sunlight, temperature, soil, dust, humidity, salt spray, corrosive atmospheres, or
other physical environment conditions;
detailed procedures for application, use, monitoring, and maintenance of coatings,
coverings, fasteners, lines, and other components for internal and external weather
proofing;
requirements for electrical grounding or isolation;
requirements for internal or external environment creation, for example, inert gas
charging, heating, cooling, etc., inclusive of gas storage, electric power supply, etc.;
detailed procedures for initial set-up, charging, activation, and maintenance of
internal atmosphere generation, regeneration, monitoring, and relieving systems, for
example, inert gas management systems;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, vibration or long-period
cyclical motion in transit, for example, wave-generated movement during sea
transport;
internal and external structural integrity protection, for example, internal and external
bracing, padding, framing, chocking, etc.;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
support structure requirements, for example, stools, pads, or other devices,
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
provision for physical separation and/or barriers to prevent airborne or direct
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
provision for, and final disposition of, temporary and longer-term storage or transit
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
provision of requirements for temporary work platforms or other support structures
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, contact with other objects, for
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
clear physical delineation of temporary and longer-term storage areas supplemented
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
documented agreements with storage facility and transportation provider
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
detailed procedures for inspection and testing to verify performance of preservation
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
3.8.3.18 The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass
management of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management
responsibility to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-
term storage and through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of
active use or installation.
3.8.3.19 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.20 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components,
mechanical and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces,
gaskets, coatings, insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not
limited to, supplier-specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors,
pumps, compressors, etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
3.8.3.21 The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.22 Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol,
supplier procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-
supplier input into preservation management programme requirements.
3.8.3.23 Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.24 The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
3.8.3.25 The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation
management programme execution.
3.8.3.26 The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
3.8.3.27 The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions
3.8.4.1 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
3.8.4.2 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
3.8.4.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
3.8.4.4 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
3.8.4.5 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
3.8.4.6 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.4.7 The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
3.8.4.8 The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-
suppliers.
3.8.4.9 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.4.10 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
3.8.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
3.8.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
3.8.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
3.8.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
3.8.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated
contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
3.8.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
Cause Analysis. In such cases, QMS rectification and/ or update measures shall be taken
immediately.
3.8.5.8 Should the Supplier fail to respond and rectify nonconforming products within stipulated
contractual conditions. The Project Manager should apply contractual remedies in
accordance with Fidic/ NEC contract.
3.8.5.9 Repeated Nonconformities; if there are any identified repeat nonconformities from the same
supplier within a period of 6 months or less. This must then be escalated to the management
review committees of the BU/ OU/ Cluster/ or Divisions for adjudication. If not resolved, then
the matter must be escalated to the supplier review committee for recommendation.
3.8.6 Special Processes
The following requirements shall be applicable as well as additional requirements as specified in the
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
3.8.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
3.8.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
3.8.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
3.8.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
3.8.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.6.6 The supplier shall ensure that all operators are suitably qualified for these processes in
accordance with the procedures, processes and/ or applicable standards/ codes.
3.8.6.7 The records of qualification of procedures, processes and operators shall be maintained by
the supplier in accordance with the applicable procedure or code and these made available
to Eskom at all times.
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Kerseri Pather General Manager: Risk and Sustainability
Lenock Meyer Acting Senior Manager: Quality Management
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Quality Assurance
Mandla Mkhwanazi Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Suzette Manthe Senior Advisor: Quality Performance and Planning
Lorna Ndlela Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender returnable
documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Andrew Else
Bongi Tshabalala
Feziwe Mogamisi
Lesego Garegae
Patrick Thwane
Xolani Zuma
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Eskom Operational Quality Forum Members
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Important Dates
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"17 October 2021"}
Contact Information
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"Supply Chain Management","address":null}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf (unknown)Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for all
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
Title: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Functional Area: Quality Management
Quality Quality Manager Quality Risk and
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf (unknown)Title: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Alternative Reference QM 58
Number:
Area of Applicability: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
Functional Area: Quality Management
Revision: 3
Total Pages: 28
Next Review Date: October 2024
Disclosure Controlled Disclosure
Classification:
Compiled by Supported by Functional Authorized by
Responsibility
SA Sambo P Dondashe L Meyer K Pather
Chief Advisor Middle Manager Acting Senior General Manager
Quality Quality Manager Quality Risk and
Management Management Management Sustainability
Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 17 October 2021
EDC TN Formatted 15.10.2021
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Content
. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 7
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 8
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 10
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement ...................................................................... 13
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment ........................... 16
3.7 Post-Contract Award ...................................................................................................... 17
3.7.1 Contract Execution .............................................................................................. 17
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ................................................. 18
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit .......................................................................................... 18
3.8 Standard Conditions ....................................................................................................... 19
3.8.1 Rights of Access .................................................................................................. 19
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information ................................................................................ 20
3.8.3 Preservation ........................................................................................................ 21
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions ....................................................................... 25
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by
Eskom ................................................................................................................. 25
3.8.6 Special Processes ............................................................................................... 26
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 27
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 27
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 27
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 28
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for all
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers. Eskom’s
position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to continually improve
their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to the standard.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this specification is to outline the requirements according to which suppliers shall
develop,
implement,
maintain, and
continually improve
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
2.1.2 Applicability
This specification shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited divisions, its subsidiaries,
suppliers, and sub-suppliers and shall form part of all Eskom requests for information (RFI)/ requests
for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for the procurement of products
and services.
2.1.3 Effective date
Date of authorisation of the specification
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
Success
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
Eskom representative or Eskom inspection agency, whichever is applicable.
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
Requirements are generally specified in the purchase order and/or contract documentation,
but may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
A supplier may be a natural or legal person and includes any employee acting within the
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved Inspection Authority
CA Corrective Action
CQP Contract Quality Plan
FIDIC Federation Internationale Des Ingenieurs- Conseils
FMECA Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
ITP Inspection and Test Plan
NC Nonconformity
NDT Non Destructive Testing
PMI Positive Material Identification
QCP Quality Control Plan
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
QMS Quality Management System
PQP Project Quality Plan
RFI Request for Information
RFQ Request for Quotation
RFP Request for Proposal
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality
SETA Skills Education Training Authorities
WPS Welding procedure specifications
WQR Welder’s Qualification Record
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Eskom Quality representative/ professional will select applicable requirements for existing and
potential Eskom suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier
Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001
Standard).
The existing and/ or potential suppliers must complete, sign and return Form A with the other
returnable as listed in the List of Tender Returnable document (240-12248652). Other roles and
responsibilities for this standard are defined within the text of this specification.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
The application of this specification throughout Eskom shall be audited as per the management
system audit schedule.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
The documents superseded by this specification: all divisional and business unit supplier quality
requirements standards and/or specifications.
Forms and templates:
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The quality assessment criteria and Form A of this specification will be selected and completed by
an Eskom Quality representative/ professional who will identify the applicable supplier quality
requirements to be met.
Form A of this specification must also be completed and signed by the supplier responding to an
Eskom invitation to tender, in order to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality requirements
as per this specification and ISO 9001 Standard or any additional quality requirements specific to
the scope of work.
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001 and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, work flow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
Verification of the QMS
Audits and surveillances
Regular assessment of the CQPs and reviews of QCPs.
NC and Defect Management
Inspection and test plans
Risk management
3.2 Quality Plan
The information in this section constitutes the minimum requirements for a quality plan.
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and test
plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to the scope
of work and/ or technical specification.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
The supplier shall, where applicable, based on scope of work criticality, ensure that procurement
documents clearly and unambiguously require sub-supplier submission of a sub-supplier CQP for
supplier and Eskom review.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier CQPs are developed and implemented in
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In
addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall
include the following (as applicable):
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct
radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and personnel records
shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification and, where applicable, legal requirements.
3.3.6 The personnel required to perform special processes shall be certified competent through a
certificate of competency in accordance with the company’s internal training management
and competency control procedures or an external certification body (for example, NDT)
through an accredited service provider as per Skills Education Training Authorities (SETA)
requirements.
3.3.7 All personnel who perform activities that affect quality shall have their training needs identified
and documented. The required training shall be implemented in accordance with the
company’s training management and competency control procedures. All the training
certificates shall meet the SETA requirements in terms of having the unit standard completed
and the accreditation number of the service providers.
3.3.8 Instructions and requirements for equipment and materials storage, preservation, and
maintenance, including identification of materials required for preservation and maintenance,
are to be provided sufficiently prior to receipt (prior to shipment or earlier) to ensure that
appropriate resources are available at the time of delivery.
3.3.9 Specific quality monitoring and verification activities are to be undertaken on the supplier’s
sub-suppliers by Eskom or it agent.
3.3.10 The CQP information need to include, but not limited to:
Spells out the aspects of the QMS to be applied within a specific Eskom project, and the
methods to be utilised to ensure quality.
Outline the resources, the communication channels, applicable documents and records to be
generated.
Management Authority and Responsibility from both supplier and client need to outline in the
Cqp.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
List of documents and records that will be used and submitted during the execution of the
project.
Communications channels should include contact person and contact details
Monitoring & measurement procedures for activities need to be indicated.
3.3.11 The main supplier and sub-supplier CQPs shall comply with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications and shall be submitted prior to the initial scope of work kick-off or initial pre-
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.12 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
The supplier shall develop and implement processes and procedures that efficiently and effectively
monitor, verify and document the quality of the scope of work for deliverables.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are prepared at a level of detail
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and
they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness
points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
Qcp/ itp.
3.4.6 All applicable codes, standards, and relevant acceptance criteria documents are available at
the work location, and Eskom representatives on site shall have on-going access to this
information. Workplace documentation shall be available in English and in any workforce-
appropriate language.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
Eskom contract number and title
The supplier’s order number
Identification of the area of works/contract
Description of the work, with components, item number, and activity date
QCP/ITP unique number
A list of the sequence of operations, including inspection and tests
The identification of the specification, drawing number, or procedure for each operation,
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
The acceptance criteria, with reference to the technical specification, in-house, national, or
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
The inspection and test activities that the supplier has nominated for its intervention points
Provision for the inclusion of intervention points nominated by Eskom and/or its authority/
agency
Provision for intervention point acceptance by date and signature for all parties having
intervention in the plan
Inspection and test records to be generated by the supplier for each operation and an
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications, including, but not limited to, the following requirements:
Clear and unambiguous description of the equipment and location(s) at which each activity
will take place, including facility location(s)
Identification of quality verification activity and stage
The details of reference documents, procedures, or method statements to be utilised in
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition of acceptance criteria
Listing of certifying or verifying documents generated to provide evidence of compliance
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
Identification of main supplier and sub-supplier (where applicable) third-party/approved
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
Qualification requirements for quality control inspectors, including any third-party/AIA
inspectors
Listing of all proposed test procedures
Acceptance criteria for each inspection or test in alignment with specified tolerances
A section for signed acceptance of the QC/ITP by the supplier, sub-supplier (where
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
Inspection or testing intervention points, including, but not limited to, factory acceptance test
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
The supplier shall arrange coordination meetings with Eskom prior to placement of orders
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
Supplier inspection personnel, including inspection agency personnel, shall be competent
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification.
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Requirements for inspection checklists and inspection assignments, with lists of items to be
inspected
An inspection and testing report format, report content, schedule for report processing and
distribution, and report retention requirements
Inspection and test report results response tracking (log) and resolution of nonconformity in
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
Associated Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) reports relating to the
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) report, as applicable
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement
3.5.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
Eskom supplier quality requirements for all existing and potential suppliers and sub-suppliers are
classified into four categories (category 1, 2, 3 and 4). Suppliers must prepare and submit quality
documentation as per the tender selected category (indicated in Form A) using the list of tender
returnables document.
NOTE: Only one (1) category must be applicable per procurement process e.g. [Eskom requests for
information (RFI)/ requests for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for
the procurement of products and services].
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
3.5.2 Category 1: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a valid copy of ISO 9001 or any applicable certificate of a QMS (the
latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal and external
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit a draft, or an example of an inspection and test
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
3.5.3 Category 2: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed, implemented and maintained QMS
that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be submitted:
Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented information)
Quality Objectives (documented information)
Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented information )
Internal audit procedure (documented information)
Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal audit reports. The
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example of inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
document (240-12248652).
3.5.4 Category 3: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed QMS that complies with ISO 9001
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/ signed
copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information )
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
NB: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.5.5 Category 4: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to the
scope of work.
The quality method statement should address all the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit a signed/ approved quality policy (aligned with the supplier’s strategic
direction). (documented information)
The supplier shall submit a copy of quality objectives. (documented information)
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of the documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities, specific to the project/ scope of work/ technical requirements. Examples of relevant
documented information are; organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty
statements, manuals, procedures.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment
Supplier capability and capacity assessments shall be performed prior to contract award on potential
suppliers participating in Eskom Holdings procurement process to:
provide products and services with high risk to operational sustainability
work on critical plant and equipment
supply of critical plant items or components
provide special processes
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
All sub-suppliers used by the main supplier/ contractor, performing work on Eskom critical plant
equipment, supplying commodities and providing specialised services shall be subjected to the
capability and capacity assessment.
Critical plant includes the following:
Generation Level 1 & 2 plant
Transmission and Distribution Power Plant & Control Plant
Mega Projects
All potential quality risks identified will be included in the assessment report provided for the tender
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted.
3.7 Post-Contract Award
3.7.1 Contract Execution
The supplier shall submit the following documents within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the
contract date, prior to the commencement of work, for acceptance by Eskom:
The supplier shall complete a QCP before contract award. This shall be reviewed and
signed off by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The supplier shall complete a quality control plan and ITP(s) for review and acceptance by
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The sub-supplier QCP/ ITP shall be submitted for review and comment by the supplier and
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
The equipment lists and an indication of pressurised components and systems.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
Correspondence shall be directed to the project manager, and periodic quality review
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
The mandatory quality review meetings are to be convened by the nominated project quality
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
Monthly quality performance and management reports are to be prepared by the supplier
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase
During the contract execution phase, suppliers shall be monitored by Eskom for performance on
quality-related aspects.
The outcomes of such monitoring will enable Eskom to take any appropriate actions pertaining to
the supplier.
The monitoring shall be carried out periodically by Eskom or at predetermined intervals during the
execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored key performance
areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system
Subsequent key performance indicators associated with these areas will include the following:
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit
3.7.3.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers
3.7.3.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.4 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.3.5 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Cqp.
3.7.3.6 The supplier shall submit, for Eskom review, documented processes for conducting project
scope of work quality audits and related quality performance reviews. Supplier quality audits
and related quality performance review processes shall be designed to address evaluation
of progress towards completion of project functional area deliverables as well as final
deliverable quality.
3.7.3.7 The supplier shall provide a schedule of anticipated quality audits covering all functional
areas and related quality performance reviews at the time of first post-contract award CQP
submission.
3.8 Standard Conditions
3.8.1 Rights of Access
Eskom:
3.8.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
3.8.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
3.8.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
The supplier:
3.8.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
3.8.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
3.8.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
3.8.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
3.8.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
3.8.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information
3.8.2.1 To expect that the works will be conducted in accordance with the contract between the
parties.
3.8.2.2 To have access to the supplier’s information as determined by applicable legislation.
3.8.2.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee the supplier’s audit programmes by participating in
selected audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages.
Eskom will coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the
supplier’s audit schedule.
3.8.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
3.8.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
3.8.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
3.8.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
3.8.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
3.8.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
3.8.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
3.8.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
3.8.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
3.8.2.14 Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs
for Eskom oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.8.2.15 Shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and
before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect the
products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.2.16 Reserves the right to suspend any pending deliveries by the issuing of a cease delivery
order at any time and for any portion of the work that is not being performed in accordance
with the specified/agreed requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3 Preservation
The supplier shall develop and implement a comprehensive preservation programme consisting of
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
3.8.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
3.8.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
3.8.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not
limited to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
3.8.3.4 Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
Moreover, there is also a need to integrate data flows and systems between Eskom and the
supplier. Further details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
3.8.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.6 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier provided preservation requirements
and recommendations.
3.8.3.7 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations.
3.8.3.8 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
3.8.3.9 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
3.8.3.10 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
3.8.3.11 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.12 Where the project responsibility for equipment and materials management has been
formally delegated, the supplier’s preservation programme shall ensure clear and
unambiguous communication of pre-operation preservation of goods quality requirements
to sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.13 The supplier’s preservation programme shall clearly and unambiguously document
processes and procedures for efficient and effective monitoring of compliance with
programme requirements.
3.8.3.14 Compliance monitoring shall commence with ensuring comprehensive consideration of
preservation requirements in the engineering instruction and subsequent inclusion of said
instruction in procurement documentation and shall be applicable until such time as
equipment or materials have been incorporated in an operating or operational system or
structure.
3.8.3.15 Compliance evaluation frequency shall anticipate transfer of tactical-level responsibility for
management of preservation responsibilities between project functional areas, for example,
procurement to logistics, logistics to fabrication, fabrication to logistics, logistics to
construction, etc., and shall, in similar fashion, anticipate transfer of support for tactical-level
responsibility between various subcontracted service providers.
3.8.3.16 Supplier engineering shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project procurement, logistics, construction management,
quality, security, and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective
implementation of preservation requirements. This shall take the form of a preservation
programme applicable to all systems, system components, equipment, materials, customer-
supplied materials, and other goods procured or managed under the scope of work.
3.8.3.17 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address temporary, long-term, and in-transit preservation requirements, including, but not
limited to:
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, atmospheric conditions,
sunlight, temperature, soil, dust, humidity, salt spray, corrosive atmospheres, or
other physical environment conditions;
detailed procedures for application, use, monitoring, and maintenance of coatings,
coverings, fasteners, lines, and other components for internal and external weather
proofing;
requirements for electrical grounding or isolation;
requirements for internal or external environment creation, for example, inert gas
charging, heating, cooling, etc., inclusive of gas storage, electric power supply, etc.;
detailed procedures for initial set-up, charging, activation, and maintenance of
internal atmosphere generation, regeneration, monitoring, and relieving systems, for
example, inert gas management systems;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, vibration or long-period
cyclical motion in transit, for example, wave-generated movement during sea
transport;
internal and external structural integrity protection, for example, internal and external
bracing, padding, framing, chocking, etc.;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
support structure requirements, for example, stools, pads, or other devices,
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
provision for physical separation and/or barriers to prevent airborne or direct
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
provision for, and final disposition of, temporary and longer-term storage or transit
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
provision of requirements for temporary work platforms or other support structures
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, contact with other objects, for
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
clear physical delineation of temporary and longer-term storage areas supplemented
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
documented agreements with storage facility and transportation provider
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
detailed procedures for inspection and testing to verify performance of preservation
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
3.8.3.18 The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass
management of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management
responsibility to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-
term storage and through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of
active use or installation.
3.8.3.19 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.20 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components,
mechanical and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces,
gaskets, coatings, insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not
limited to, supplier-specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors,
pumps, compressors, etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
3.8.3.21 The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.22 Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol,
supplier procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-
supplier input into preservation management programme requirements.
3.8.3.23 Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.24 The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
3.8.3.25 The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation
management programme execution.
3.8.3.26 The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
3.8.3.27 The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions
3.8.4.1 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
3.8.4.2 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
3.8.4.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
3.8.4.4 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
3.8.4.5 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
3.8.4.6 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.4.7 The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
3.8.4.8 The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-
suppliers.
3.8.4.9 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.4.10 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
3.8.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
3.8.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
3.8.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
3.8.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
3.8.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated
contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
3.8.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
Cause Analysis. In such cases, QMS rectification and/ or update measures shall be taken
immediately.
3.8.5.8 Should the Supplier fail to respond and rectify nonconforming products within stipulated
contractual conditions. The Project Manager should apply contractual remedies in
accordance with Fidic/ NEC contract.
3.8.5.9 Repeated Nonconformities; if there are any identified repeat nonconformities from the same
supplier within a period of 6 months or less. This must then be escalated to the management
review committees of the BU/ OU/ Cluster/ or Divisions for adjudication. If not resolved, then
the matter must be escalated to the supplier review committee for recommendation.
3.8.6 Special Processes
The following requirements shall be applicable as well as additional requirements as specified in the
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
3.8.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
3.8.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
3.8.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
3.8.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
3.8.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.6.6 The supplier shall ensure that all operators are suitably qualified for these processes in
accordance with the procedures, processes and/ or applicable standards/ codes.
3.8.6.7 The records of qualification of procedures, processes and operators shall be maintained by
the supplier in accordance with the applicable procedure or code and these made available
to Eskom at all times.
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Kerseri Pather General Manager: Risk and Sustainability
Lenock Meyer Acting Senior Manager: Quality Management
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Quality Assurance
Mandla Mkhwanazi Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Suzette Manthe Senior Advisor: Quality Performance and Planning
Lorna Ndlela Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender returnable
documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Andrew Else
Bongi Tshabalala
Feziwe Mogamisi
Lesego Garegae
Patrick Thwane
Xolani Zuma
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Eskom Operational Quality Forum Members
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Methodology
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf Clear and unambiguous description of the equipment and location(s) at which each activity
will take place, including facility location(s)
Identification of quality verification activity and stage
The details of reference documents, procedures, or method statements to be utilised in
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
supplier. Further details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
3.8.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.6 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier provided preservation requirements
and recommendations.
3.8.3.7 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations.
3.8.3.8 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
3.8.3.9 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
3.8.3.10 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
3.8.3.11 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
Experience & Qualifications
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdfReg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.3.5 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Quality Management
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 7
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 8
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 10
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement ...................................................................... 13
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment ........................... 16
3.7 Post-Contract Award ...................................................................................................... 17
3.7.1 Contract Execution .............................................................................................. 17
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ................................................. 18
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit .......................................................................................... 18
3.8 Standard Conditions ....................................................................................................... 19
3.8.1 Rights of Access .................................................................................................. 19
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information ................................................................................ 20
3.8.3 Preservation ........................................................................................................ 21
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions ....................................................................... 25
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by
Eskom ................................................................................................................. 25
3.8.6 Special Processes ............................................................................................... 26
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 27
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 27
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 27
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 28
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers. Eskom’s
position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to continually improve
their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to the standard.
develop,
implement,
maintain, and
continually improve
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
2.1.2 Applicability
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
2.4 Abbreviations
potential Eskom suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier
Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001
Standard).
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
as per this specification and ISO 9001 Standard or any additional quality requirements specific to
the scope of work.
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001 and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, work flow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
Verification of the QMS
Audits and surveillances
Regular assessment of the CQPs and reviews of QCPs.
NC and Defect Management
Inspection and test plans
Risk management
3.2 Quality Plan
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and test
plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to the scope
of work and/ or technical specification.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In
addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall
include the following (as applicable):
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct
radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and personnel records
shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.12 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and
they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness
points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
Eskom contract number and title
The supplier’s order number
Identification of the area of works/contract
Description of the work, with components, item number, and activity date
QCP/ITP unique number
A list of the sequence of operations, including inspection and tests
The identification of the specification, drawing number, or procedure for each operation,
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
The acceptance criteria, with reference to the technical specification, in-house, national, or
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
The inspection and test activities that the supplier has nominated for its intervention points
Provision for the inclusion of intervention points nominated by Eskom and/or its authority/
agency
Provision for intervention point acceptance by date and signature for all parties having
intervention in the plan
Inspection and test records to be generated by the supplier for each operation and an
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition of acceptance criteria
Listing of certifying or verifying documents generated to provide evidence of compliance
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
Identification of main supplier and sub-supplier (where applicable) third-party/approved
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
Qualification requirements for quality control inspectors, including any third-party/AIA
inspectors
Listing of all proposed test procedures
Acceptance criteria for each inspection or test in alignment with specified tolerances
A section for signed acceptance of the QC/ITP by the supplier, sub-supplier (where
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
Inspection or testing intervention points, including, but not limited to, factory acceptance test
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
The supplier shall arrange coordination meetings with Eskom prior to placement of orders
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
Supplier inspection personnel, including inspection agency personnel, shall be competent
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Requirements for inspection checklists and inspection assignments, with lists of items to be
inspected
An inspection and testing report format, report content, schedule for report processing and
distribution, and report retention requirements
Inspection and test report results response tracking (log) and resolution of nonconformity in
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
Associated Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) reports relating to the
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) report, as applicable
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement
3.5.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
3.5.2 Category 1: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a valid copy of ISO 9001 or any applicable certificate of a QMS (the
latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal and external
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit a draft, or an example of an inspection and test
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
3.5.3 Category 2: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed, implemented and maintained QMS
that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be submitted:
Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented information)
Quality Objectives (documented information)
Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented information )
Internal audit procedure (documented information)
Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal audit reports. The
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example of inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
document (240-12248652).
3.5.4 Category 3: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed QMS that complies with ISO 9001
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/ signed
copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information )
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
NB: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.5.5 Category 4: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to the
scope of work.
The quality method statement should address all the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit a signed/ approved quality policy (aligned with the supplier’s strategic
direction). (documented information)
The supplier shall submit a copy of quality objectives. (documented information)
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted.
3.7 Post-Contract Award
3.7.1 Contract Execution
The supplier shall submit the following documents within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the
contract date, prior to the commencement of work, for acceptance by Eskom:
The supplier shall complete a QCP before contract award. This shall be reviewed and
signed off by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The supplier shall complete a quality control plan and ITP(s) for review and acceptance by
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The sub-supplier QCP/ ITP shall be submitted for review and comment by the supplier and
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
The equipment lists and an indication of pressurised components and systems.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
Correspondence shall be directed to the project manager, and periodic quality review
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
The mandatory quality review meetings are to be convened by the nominated project quality
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
Monthly quality performance and management reports are to be prepared by the supplier
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored key performance
areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit
3.7.3.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers
3.7.3.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.4 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
3.8.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
3.8.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
3.8.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
3.8.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
3.8.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
3.8.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
3.8.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
3.8.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
3.8.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
supplier’s audit schedule.
3.8.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
3.8.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
3.8.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
3.8.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
3.8.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
3.8.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
3.8.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
3.8.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
3.8.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
3.8.2.14 Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs
for Eskom oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.8.2.15 Shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and
before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect the
products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.2.16 Reserves the right to suspend any pending deliveries by the issuing of a cease delivery
order at any time and for any portion of the work that is not being performed in accordance
with the specified/agreed requirements.
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
3.8.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
3.8.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
3.8.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not
limited to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
3.8.3.4 Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
support structure requirements, for example, stools, pads, or other devices,
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
provision for physical separation and/or barriers to prevent airborne or direct
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
provision for, and final disposition of, temporary and longer-term storage or transit
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
provision of requirements for temporary work platforms or other support structures
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, contact with other objects, for
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
clear physical delineation of temporary and longer-term storage areas supplemented
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
documented agreements with storage facility and transportation provider
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
detailed procedures for inspection and testing to verify performance of preservation
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
3.8.3.18 The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass
management of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management
responsibility to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-
term storage and through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of
active use or installation.
3.8.3.19 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions
3.8.4.1 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
3.8.4.2 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
3.8.4.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
3.8.4.4 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
3.8.4.5 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
3.8.4.6 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.4.7 The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
3.8.4.8 The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-
suppliers.
3.8.4.9 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.4.10 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
3.8.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
3.8.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
3.8.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
3.8.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
3.8.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated
contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
3.8.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
3.8.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
3.8.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
3.8.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
3.8.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
3.8.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
Kerseri Pather General Manager: Risk and Sustainability
Lenock Meyer Acting Senior Manager: Quality Management
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Quality Assurance
Mandla Mkhwanazi Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Suzette Manthe Senior Advisor: Quality Performance and Planning
Lorna Ndlela Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender returnable
documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdfbut may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
Health & Safety
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdf[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdfReg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.20 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components,
mechanical and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces,
gaskets, coatings, insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not
limited to, supplier-specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors,
pumps, compressors, etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
3.8.3.21 The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.22 Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol,
supplier procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-
supplier input into preservation management programme requirements.
3.8.3.23 Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.24 The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
3.8.3.25 The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation
management programme execution.
3.8.3.26 The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
3.8.3.27 The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Section
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier Quality Management Specification (3).pdfSupplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for all
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
Title: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Functional Area: Quality Management
Quality Quality Manager Quality Risk and
Contact Information
Source: PAYE Questionnaire for Service Contracts 2025_2026.doc (unknown)Group Tax Department at Megawatt Park. Email: [email protected]
Evaluation Criteria
Source: PAYE Questionnaire for Service Contracts 2025_2026.doc (unknown)Must be a tax resident of South Africa (or complete Appendix 9 for non-residents), must employ 3+ full-time employees not connected to shareholders/members/beneficiaries to qualify for employee exclusion, connected persons must not personally render services to Eskom, not more than 80% of income from any one client/associated institution, services not performed mainly at Eskom premises under Eskom control/supervision, and must pass dominant impression test indicating independent contractor status.
Compliance Requirements
Source: PAYE Questionnaire for Service Contracts 2025_2026.doc (unknown)Bidders must complete the PAYE Questionnaire to determine tax classification (Independent Contractor, Personal Service Provider, Labour Broker, or Dependent Contractor). Required affidavits and declarations must be signed and submitted to confirm compliance with Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962. Failure to submit signed documents may result in PAYE withholding from payments.
Description
Source: GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdfThis document provides guidelines on B-BBEE implementation for complex structures (group/divisional) and fronting practices. It covers: measurement principles for group structures, divisional structures, related enterprises, and unincorporated joint ventures; B-BBEE scorecard options (consolidated or measured entity-level); conditions for each scorecard type; and rules for transferring B-BBEE compliance data. It also defines fronting, outlines fronting practices (window-dressing, benefit diversion, opportunistic intermediaries), lists fronting indicators, and details reporting procedures.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdf (unknown)Compliance Requirements
Source: GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdf (unknown)B-BBEE compliance is mandatory. Minimum B-BBEE Level: 4. Complex structures (group/divisional) must choose between consolidated or measured entity-level B-BBEE scorecards. Subsidiaries tendering may be required to submit their own scorecard. Sector-specific charters apply if relevant. Related enterprises with combined turnover >R5M (EMEs) or >R35M (QSEs) must obtain consolidated or individual scorecards. Historical B-BBEE contributions (Code 600/700, Statement 102) may be transferred with underlying assets via written agreement. Fronting practices are prohibited and must be reported to the dti.
B-BBEE Requirements
Source: GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdf (unknown)B-BBEE compliance is mandatory. Key points: Complex structures must choose between consolidated or measured entity-level scorecards. Subsidiaries tendering may need to submit their own scorecard. Sector charters apply if relevant. Related enterprises with combined turnover >R5M (EMEs) or >R35M (QSEs) must obtain consolidated or individual scorecards. Historical contributions (Code 600/700, Statement 102) may be transferred with assets via written agreement. Fronting is prohibited and must be reported to the dti. Indicators include tokenism, benefit diversion, and non-arm’s-length agreements.
Section
Source: GuidelinesComplexstructuresFronting.pdfScoring is based on B-BBEE elements: Ownership, Management Control (board and top management), Employment Equity, Skills Development, Enterprise Development, Socio-Economic Development, and Preferential Procurement. For consolidated scorecards in group structures: contributions are aggregated across all entities. For measured entity scorecards: only the specific entity's contributions count. For divisional structures: scorecards may cover the entire structure or individual divisions, with contributions measured accordingly. Intra-group procurement is excluded from B-BBEE scoring in group structures but may be included for divisions per Statement 500.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Annex-c_Local content Declaration-Summary Schedule.pdf (unknown)Returnable Documents: Not specified in the provided text.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Annex-c_Local content Declaration-Summary Schedule.pdf (unknown)Insufficient searchable text - AI extraction recommended
Description
Source: 240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdfThis document outlines the repair process work instructions for managing the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station. It applies to Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and describes the requirements and processes for managing rotable (repairable) materials. The scope includes execution of repairs, tracking of materials, and adherence to Eskom’s Procurement Procedure 32-1034 and Process Control Manual (PCM) 32-1226. The document is effective from the date of authorization and applies across all Eskom divisions.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdf (unknown)Procurement will only place an order for the 'strip and assess quote'. After evaluation of the 'strip and quote', a decision will be made on whether to scrap the material or place an order to repair the damaged material. If a decision is made to repair the material, the rotable order will be changed and a second line will be added to the operations tab for the actual repair of the material.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdf (unknown)Scope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years. Process involves management of rotable (repairable) materials in accordance with Eskom’s Procurement Procedure 32-1034 and Process Control Manual (PCM) 32-1226. Key activities include repair, refurbishment, tracking, and quality inspection of materials. Only one material number can be repaired per work order. Materials must be marked appropriately with tags (New, Repaired, Damaged, or Scrap).
Methodology
Source: 240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdfThe repair process involves creating a rotable order using SAP Transaction IW81. For external repairs, the control key PM03 is used, while PM01 is used for internal repairs. The process includes obtaining a scope of work, creating purchase requisitions, and managing the return of repaired or non-repairable materials. If no contract exists, a line for a 'strip and assess quote' must be created. The supplier performing the strip and assess may not be the same as the supplier performing the repair.
Quality Management
Source: 240-139307746 Repair_Process_Work_Instructions.pdfQuality standards referenced include ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems. Repaired materials must undergo quality inspection by an authorized end user or Quality Officer before receipt into stock. Materials are received into 'Unrestricted' stock type if both the physical item and supplier’s invoice are received, or 'Quality Inspection'/'Block stock' if only the invoice is received. Partial receipts must have the 'complete delivery' tick box un-flagged until outstanding quantities are received.
Contact Information
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":"+27 11 800 8111","department":null,"address":"n the conditions of contract identified in"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf (unknown)5.11 Quality .............................................................................................................................................. 12
Technical Specifications
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf (unknown)Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
NEC3 Terms Services
Experience & Qualifications
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf2 Name: Service Manager (for Supply & Refurbishment)
Job
Responsibilities:
CV's (and further key person's data including
CVs) are in .
Contract - 22 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
25.2 The restrictions to access for the
Supply Manager and Others to work
being done for this contract are
30.1 The delivery date of the goods and
services is: goods and services delivery date
31.1 The programme identified in the
Contract Data is contained in:
63.2 The percentage for overheads and
profit added to the Defined Cost is %
63.2 The percentage for subcontracting
added to the Defined Cost is %
Contract - 23 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
NEC3 Supply Contract
Document Title No of
reference pages
C2.1 Pricing assumptions 2
C2.2 The price schedule
Contract - 24 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
C2.1 Pricing assumptions
Clause 11 in NEC3 Supply Contract, (SC3) core clauses states:
Identified and 11
defined terms 11.2 (11) The Prices are the amounts stated in the price column of the Price
Schedule. Where a quantity is stated for an item in the Price Schedule, the
Price is calculated by multiplying the quantity by the rate.
(12) The Price Schedule is the price schedule unless later changed in
accordance with this contract.
Assessing the 50.2 The amount due is
amount due
the Price for each lump sum item in the Price Schedule which the Supplier has
completed,
where a quantity is stated for an item in the Price Schedule, an amount
calculated by multiplying the quantity which the Supplier has completed by the
rate,
plus other amounts to be paid to the Supplier,
less amounts to be paid by or retained from the Supplier.
Any tax which the law requires the Purchaser to pay to the Supplier is included
in the amount due.
This confirms that the Supply Contract is a priced contract where the Prices are derived from a list of items of
goods and services which can be priced as lump sums or as expected quantities of goods and services
multiplied by a rate, or a mix of both.
Clause 53.1 states: “Information in the Price Schedule is not Goods Information”. This confirms that
instructions to do work or how it is to be done are not included in the Price Schedule but in the Goods
Information. This is further confirmed by Clause 20.1 which states, “The Supplier Provides the Goods and
Services in accordance with the Goods Information”. Hence the Supplier does not Provide the Goods and
Services in accordance with the Price Schedule. The Price Schedule is only a pricing document.
Items in the price schedule may have been inserted by the Purchaser and the tendering supplier should
insert any additional items which he considers necessary. Whichever party provides the items in the price
schedule the total of the Prices is assumed to be fully inclusive of everything necessary to Provide the
Goods and Services as described at the time of entering into this contract.
It will be assumed that the tendering supplier has
schedule;
compensation event for this unless the Defect is due to a Supplier’s risk;
Part c3: scope of work 1 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
across other Prices and rates in order to fulfil the obligation to Provide the Goods and Services for
the tendered total of the Prices;
quantity, of work within that lump sum item later turns out to be different to that which the Supplier
estimated at time of tender. The only basis for a change to the Prices is as a result of a
compensation event per clause 60.1;
arise as a result of a compensation event.
8.1. Format of the price schedule
Entries in the first four columns in the price schedule in section C2.2 are made either by the Purchaser or the
tendering supplier.
If the Supplier is to be paid an amount for the item which is not adjusted if the quantity of work in the item
changes, the tendering supplier enters the amount in the Price column only, the Unit, Quantity and Rate
columns being left blank.
If the Supplier is to be paid an amount for the item which is the rate for the item multiplied by the quantity
completed, the tendering Supplier enters the rate which is then multiplied by the Quantity to produce the
Price, which is also entered.
If the Supplier is to be paid an amount for an item proportional to the length of time for which the goods and
services are provided, a unit of time is stated in the Unit column and the length of time (as a quantity of the
stated units of time) is stated in the Quantity column.
Part c3: scope of work 2 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
C2.2 the price schedule
Supply, Delivery and Refurbishment of De-ashing System Components
Item NO description unit qty rate
1 Hydrovac cone - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: Each 20
Hydrovac cone; application:
Deashing system; dimensions: od
320 x lg460 mm; material: steel;
Comprising: wear resistant tiling
And flange; hydrovac for the
Deashing system, with flange
Thickness of 10mm, outside
Diameter of 320mm and outlet
Diameter of 110mm.THE Inside of
The cone comprise of tiling.
2 Rotary Feeder kit - KIT: TYPE: ROTARY Each 100
Feeder; application: deashing
System; comprising: o ring,
Sprocket, tapper lock; impeller
Shaft, seal sog 105110-25-45, seal
Sog 101114-30-40, sprocket 2b1-
17T1610, sprocket tapper lock
1210 - 30, tapper lock 1610- 25,
Bearing 6205- 2rsh, chain 12b,
Packing 10 mm, oring, chain links
12B.
3 Cyclone - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: CYCLONE; Each 20
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: od 490 x ID 235 x lg 365
Mm; material: steel; drawing NO:
B114106-03-09-IC02-00004-AF
4 Launder - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: LAUNDER; Each 20
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: wd 353 x ht 259 mm;
Material: wear resistant lining;
Drawing NO: B114106-03-09-IC02-
00004-AF; outlet diameter 160 mm
And inlet width 315 mm
5 Rotary Feeder - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: Each 24
Rotary feeder; application:
Deashing system; dimensions: od
320 x od 285 mm; material: steel;
Drawing NO: B114106-03-99-ID32-
00002-00; outlet outside diameter
285 mm and inlet outside diameter
320 mm. Rotary feeder must
Handle ash mass flow rate of 10
Ton per hour (10 t/h). The ash in
The rotary feeders is at
Temperatures of approximately
400°C.
Part c3: scope of work 3 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
6 Hydrovac -ASSEMBLY: TYPE: Each 12
Hydrovac; application: de ashing
System; dimensions: 490 mm;
Material: metal; oem p/n: HYD-101;
Drawing NO: HYD-101-00 rev 00;
Capacity 10T/H; total weight 79
Kg,pressure 620 kpa,volume flow
Rate 40 m3/h,mass flow aret 10-12
T/h; specification: total weight
79Kg,pressure 620kpa,volume
Flow rate 40m3/h,mass flow aret
10-12T/H
7 V belt - BELT, V: TYPE: 16N SPB; INSIDE Each 150
Circumference: 1650 mm; outside
Circumference: 1650 mm; top
Width: 16 mm; material: anti static;
Thickness: 1 mm; profile: 2a; oem
P/n: 16n spb 1650; an
8 Pump Kit - KIT, PUMP REPAIR: TYPE: Each 50
Centrifugal; application: heavy
Duty slurry pump; comprising: o-
Rings; seals; suppl p/n: HM75-EHC-S
C4; additional components to be
Added to the original repair kit
Are: o rings original repair kit
Recommended by the oem must
Also include additional items as
Specified; supplier to provide
Material datasheet
9 Pump - PUMP, CENTRIFUGAL: NPSH: 2.5 Each 12
M; capacity: 60 M3/HR; total head:
10.7 M; size: impeller dia 250 4
Vanes; speed: 2246 rpm; stage: 1;
Driver: v-belt motor 18.5KW; Iec
180Mm; 4 pole; 400v; 50hz; type:
Hm75 ehc-s c4 heavy duty slurry;
Specification: 5 bar; mount: v-belt
Drive; shaft diameter: 50 mm;
Flange inlet dn75; pn16; outlet
Dn50 mm; suppl p/n: pdwc2141200;
Material impeller and liner high
Chrome; pump must be delivered
With performance curve and
Material datasheet
10 PUMP SERVICE Each 50
11 ROTARY FEEDER SERVICE Each 50
12 Consumables (Percentage) %
Total (excl. VAT)
Please Note that this is a Rate Based Tender.
Part c3: scope of work 4 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components.
Part 3: scope of work
Document Title: Supply, Refurbishment and Delivery No of
reference of De-ashing Components at Medupi pages
Power Station
This cover
C3.1 Purchaser’s Goods Information 9
C3.2 Supplier’s Goods Information
Total number of pages 11
Part c3: scope of work 5 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER 46000_______
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
C3.1: Purchaser’sgoods information
Contents
Part 3: Scope of Work 5
C3.1: Purchaser’s Goods Information 6
1 Overview and purpose of the goods and services 7
2 Specification and description of the goods 7
2.1 Purchaser’s design ............................................................................................................................ 8
2.2 Procedure for submission and acceptance of Supplier’s design ....................................................... 8
2.3 Other requirements of the Supplier’s design ..................................................................................... 8
2.4 Use of Supplier’s design .................................................................................................................... 8
2.5 Manufacture & fabrication .................................................................................................................. 8
2.6 Factory acceptance testing (FAT) ..................................................................................................... 8
2.7 Other tests and inspections and commissioning in place of use ....................................................... 8
2.8 Operating manuals and maintenance schedules .............................................................................. 8
3 Supply Requirements 8
4 Specification of the services to be provided 8
5 Constraints on how the Supplier Provides the Goods 10
5.1 Programming constraints ................................................................................................................. 10
5.2 Work to be done by the Delivery Date ............................................................................................. 10
5.3 Marking the goods ........................................................................................................................... 11
5.4 Constraints at the delivery place and place of use .......................................................................... 11
5.5 Cooperating with Others .................................................................................................................. 11
5.6 Services & other things to be provided by the Purchaser or Supplier ............................................. 11
5.7 Management meetings .................................................................................................................... 11
5.8 Documentation control ..................................................................................................................... 12
5.9 Health and safety risk management ................................................................................................ 12
5.10 Environmental constraints and management .................................................................................. 12
5.11 Quality .............................................................................................................................................. 12
5.12 Invoicing and payment ..................................................................................................................... 13
5.13 Insurance provided by the Purchaser .............................................................................................. 13
5.14 Contract change management ........................................................................................................ 13
5.15 Provision of bonds and guarantees ................................................................................................. 13
5.16 Records of Defined Cost, payments & assessments of compensation events to be kept by the
Supplier ........................................................................................................................................................ 14
6 Procurement 14
6.1 Subcontracting ................................................................................................................................. 14
6.1.1 Preferred subcontractors Error! Bookmark not defined.
6.1.2 Limitations on subcontracting Error! Bookmark not defined.
6.1.3 Spares and consumables 15
6.1.4 Other requirements related to procurement 16
6.1.5 Cataloguing requirements 16
7 List of drawings 16
7.1 Drawings issued by the Purchaser .................................................................................................. 16
C3.2 Supplier’s Goods Information 16
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Sc3 contract data part 1
Qualifications:
Experience:
2 Name: Service Manager (for Supply & Refurbishment)
Qualifications:
Experience:
CV's (and further key person's data including
CVs) are in .
Contract - 22 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Pricing Schedule
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdfContents: No of
pages
Part C1 Agreements & Contract Data
Part C2 Pricing Data
Part C3 Scope of Work
Part C1 Agreements and Contract Data, (which includes this Form of Offer and
Acceptance)
Part C2 Pricing Data
Part C3 Scope of Work: Goods Information including Supply Requirements
and drawings and documents (or parts thereof), which may be incorporated by reference into the above
listed Parts.
20.5 The Contractor prepares forecasts of the 30 Calendar days
final total of the Prices for the whole of the
service at intervals no longer than
X1 Price adjustment for inflation Proposed CPA
X1.1 The base date for indices is Rates are fixed and firm for first 12 months after first
order placement date. There after CPA escalation will
apply. Base date will be the month before the month
which the enquiry closes.
11.2(8) The direct fee percentage is %
The subcontracted fee percentage is %
11.2(11) The tendered total of the Prices is R
11.2(12) The price schedule is in: South African Rands
11.2(14) The following matters will be included All additional risks will be proactively identified,
in the Risk Register addressed and registered during the risk reduction
meeting that will take place as agreed between the
parties.
24.1 The key people are:
1 Name:
Job: Contractors Representative
NEC3 Supply Contract
reference pages
C2.1 Pricing assumptions 2
C2.2 The price schedule
Contract - 24 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
C2.1 Pricing assumptions
(12) The Price Schedule is the price schedule unless later changed in
accordance with this contract.
Assessing the 50.2 The amount due is
amount due
the Price for each lump sum item in the Price Schedule which the Supplier has
completed,
where a quantity is stated for an item in the Price Schedule, an amount
calculated by multiplying the quantity which the Supplier has completed by the
rate,
plus other amounts to be paid to the Supplier,
less amounts to be paid by or retained from the Supplier.
Clause 53.1 states: “Information in the Price Schedule is not Goods Information”. This confirms that
instructions to do work or how it is to be done are not included in the Price Schedule but in the Goods
Information. This is further confirmed by Clause 20.1 which states, “The Supplier Provides the Goods and
Services in accordance with the Goods Information”. Hence the Supplier does not Provide the Goods and
schedule;
compensation event for this unless the Defect is due to a Supplier’s risk;
Part c3: scope of work 1 c3 sc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER _____________
across other Prices and rates in order to fulfil the obligation to Provide the Goods and Services for
the tendered total of the Prices;
quantity, of work within that lump sum item later turns out to be different to that which the Supplier
estimated at time of tender. The only basis for a change to the Prices is as a result of a
compensation event per clause 60.1;
arise as a result of a compensation event.
8.1. Format of the price schedule
Entries in the first four columns in the price schedule in section C2.2 are made either by the Purchaser or the
tendering supplier.
C2.2 the price schedule
Financial Requirements
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf (unknown)Payment Terms: payment certificate.
Contract - 7 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
51.1 The currency of this contract is the South African Rand
Contract - 8 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
51.2 The period within whic
Compliance Requirements
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
B-BBEE Details: deemed to be jointly and severally
liable to the Purchaser for the performance of this contract.
Z2.2 Unless already notified to the Purchaser, the persons or organisations notify the Supply Manager
within two weeks of the Contract Date of the key person who has the authority to bind the Supplier on
their behalf.
Z2.3 The Supplier does not alter the composition of the joint venture, consortium or other unincorporated
grouping of two or more persons without the consent of the Purchaser having been given to the
Supplier in writing.
Z3 Change of Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) status
Z3.1 Where a change in the Supplier’s legal status, ownership or any other change to his business
composition or business dealings results in a change to the Supplier’s B-BBEE status, the Supplier
notifies the Purchaser within seven days of the change.
Z3.2 The Supplier is required to submit an updated verification certificate and necessary supporting
documentation confirming the change in his B-BBEE status to the Supply Manager within thirty days
of the notification or as otherwise instructed by the Supply Manager.
Z3.3 Where, as a result, the Supplier’s B-BBEE status has decreased since the Contract Date the
Contract - 13 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Supply, refurbishment & delivery of deashing system components
Purchaser may either re-negotiate this contract or alternatively, terminate the Supplier’s obligation to
Provide the Goods and Services.
Z3.4 Failure by the Supplier to notify the Purchaser of a change in its B-BBEE status may constitute a
reason for termination. If the Purchaser terminates in terms of this clause, the procedures on
termination are P1, P2 and P3 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1 and A3
Health & Safety
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdfsignature of Date
witness
Note: If a tenderer wishes to submit alternative tenders, use another copy of this Form of Offer and
12.2 The law of the contract is the law of the Republic of South Africa
13.1 The language of this contract is English
13.3 The period for reply is One (1) week. 24hrs for HS (Health & Safety) and
critical production issues
2 The Supplier’s main Refer to core clause 2
responsibilities
before execution of any instructions that increase
the contract value. Retrospective approval will only
apply to instructions arising out of an emergency.
7 Title Refer to core clause 7
X2 Changes in the law
X2.1 A change in the law of The Republic of South Africa is compensation event
if it occurs after Contract Date
X3 Multiple currencies
X3.1 The Purchaser will pay for these items in Total maximum
the currencies stated Items Other payment in the
currency currency
[●]
[●]
[●]
X3.1 The exchange rates are those published in Seven (7) days prior tender closing
Z4.5 The Supplier ensures that all his subcontractors abide by the undertakings in this clause.
Z5 Waiver and estoppel: Add to core clause 12.3:
Z5.1 Any extension, concession, waiver or relaxation of any action stated in this contract by the Parties, the
estoppel unless the Parties agree otherwise and confirm such agreement in writing.
Z6 Health, safety and the environment: Add to core clause 25.4
Z6.1 The Supplier undertakes to take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of
persons in and about the provision of the goods and execution of the services.
warrants that the total of the Prices as at the Contract Date includes a sufficient amount for proper
compliance with all applicable health & safety laws and regulations and the health and safety
rules, guidelines and procedures provided for in this contract and generally for the proper
maintenance of health & safety in and about the execution of supply and
undertakes, in and about the execution of the supply, to comply with all applicable health & safety
laws and regulations and rules, guidelines and procedures otherwise provided for under this
contract and ensures that his Subcontractors, employees and others under the Supplier’s
direction and control, likewise observe and comply with the foregoing.
Contract - 14 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
the regulations published in GNR February 2002, under the Occupational Health
and Safety Act, 1993 (Act ) (“Asbestos Regulations”). The OEL for asbestos is 0.2
regulated asbestos fibres per millilitre of air as a 4-hour TWA, averaged over any continuous
period of four hours, and the short term exposure limit of 0.6 regulated asbestos fibres per
millilitre of air as a 10-minute TWA, averaged over any 10 minutes, measured in accordance
with HSG248 and monitored according to HSG173 and OESSM.
Z15.2 Upon written request by the Supplier, the Purchaser certifies that these conditions prevail. All
measurements and reporting are effected by an independent, competent, and certified
occupational hygiene inspection body, i.e. a SANAS accredited and Department of
and related control measures at the Supplier’s expense. For the purposes of compliance the
results generated from Parallel Measurements are evaluated only against South African
statutory limits as detailed in clause Z15.1. Control measures conform to the requirements
stipulated in the AAIA-approved asbestos work plan.
Z15.3 The Purchaser manages asbestos and ACM according to the Standard.
Z15.4 In the event that any asbestos is identified while Providing the Services, a risk assessment is
conducted and if so required, with reference to possible exposure to an airborne concentration
of above the AL for asbestos, immediate control measures are implemented and relevant air
monitoring conducted in order to declare the area safe.
Z15.5 The Supplier’s personnel are entitled to stop working and leave the contaminated area
forthwith until such time that the area of concern is declared safe by either Compliance
emergency asbestos work plan, if applicable.
Z15.6 The Supplier continues to Provide the Services, without additional control measures
presented, on presentation of Safe Levels. The contractually agreed dates to Provide the
2 Rotary Feeder kit - KIT: TYPE: ROTARY Each 100
Feeder; application: deashing
System; comprising: o ring,
Sprocket, tapper lock; impeller
Shaft, seal sog 105110-25-45, seal
Sog 101114-30-40, sprocket 2b1-
17T1610, sprocket tapper lock
1210 - 30, tapper lock 1610- 25,
Bearing 6205- 2rsh, chain 12b,
Packing 10 mm, oring, chain links
12B.
3 Cyclone - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: CYCLONE; Each 20
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: od 490 x ID 235 x lg 365
Mm; material: steel; drawing NO:
B114106-03-09-IC02-00004-AF
4 Launder - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: LAUNDER; Each 20
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: wd 353 x ht 259 mm;
Material: wear resistant lining;
Drawing NO: B114106-03-09-IC02-
00004-AF; outlet diameter 160 mm
And inlet width 315 mm
5 Rotary Feeder - ASSEMBLY: TYPE: Each 24
Rotary feeder; application:
Deashing system; dimensions: od
320 x od 285 mm; material: steel;
Drawing NO: B114106-03-99-ID32-
00002-00; outlet outside diameter
Environmental
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdfZ15.7 Any removal and disposal of asbestos, asbestos containing materials and waste, is done by a
registered asbestos contractor, instructed by the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s expense, and
conducted in line with South African legislation.
Contract - 19 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Contractual Terms
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.pdfof Deviations (if any), contact the Purchaser’s agent (whose details are given in the Contract Data) to
arrange the delivery of any securities, bonds, guarantees, proof of insurance and any other documentation to
be provided in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the Contract Data at, or just after, the date this
agreement comes into effect. Failure to fulfil any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall
constitute a repudiation of this agreement.
clauses and the clauses for Options
A: Priced contract with price list
W1: Dispute resolution procedure
X1: Price adjustment for inflation
X2: Changes in the law
X3: Multi currencies
X7: Delay damages
X17: Low performance damages
X18: Limit of Liability
X19: Task Order
Z: Additional conditions of contract
of the NEC3 Terms Services Contract (If the December 2009 edition is to be used delete April 2013 and
(April 2013) 2 replace by December 2013)
10.1 The Purchaser is (name): Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd (reg no: 2002/015527/30), a
state owned company incorporated in terms of the
company laws of the Republic of South Africa
51.2 The period within which payments are 30 calendar days after reception of a valid tax
made is invoice/ 60 calendar days after reception of a valid
tax invoice for contract value above 50 million rand
51.4 The interest rate is the publicly quoted prime rate of interest (calculated
on a 365 day year) charged from time to time by the
Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (as certified,
in the event of any dispute, by any manager of such
bank, whose appointment it shall not be necessary to
prove) for amounts due in Rands.
insurance
80.1 These are additional Purchaser’s risks Only the risks listed under sub-clause 80.1 of the
NEC3 TSC. All additional risks will be proactively
identified, registered and addressed during the risk
reduction meeting that will take place as agreed
between the parties
88.1 The Supplier’s liability to the Purchaser for R0.0 (zero Rand)
indirect or consequential loss, including
loss of profit, revenue and goodwill is
limited to
88.2 For any one event, the Supplier’s liability (1) for the Purchaser’s existing and surrounding
to the Purchaser for loss of or damage to property in the care, custody and control of the
the Purchaser’s property is limited to Supplier the amount of the deductible (first amount
payable) relevant to the event
and
(2) for all other existing Purchaser’s property the
applicable deductible as at contract date
88.3 The Supplier’s liability for Defects due to his The total of the Prices other than for the additional
design which are not notified before the last excluded matters.
defects date is limited to:
88.4 The Supplier’s total liability to the The total of the Prices other than for the additional
Purchaser, for all matters arising under or excluded matters. The Contractor’s total liability for
in connection with this contract, other than the additional excluded matters is not limited
the excluded matters, is limited to
88.5 The end of liability date is [1] year after Delivery of the whole of the goods and
services.
intending to refer a dispute to him. (see www.ice-
sa.org.za). If the Parties do not agree on an
agreed with the Purchaser before the Contract Date.
(select one of the three methods as agreed with the successful
tenderer prior to contract award and delete the others and this
note)
X4 Parent company guarantee
X4.1 The amount of the performance bond is To be concluded during negotiations
X7 Delay damages
X7.1 Delay damages for Delivery are 1/14% per day of the outstanding portion to
maximum of 10% of the order
X13 Performance bond
X13.1 The amount of the performance bond is NA
Contract - 11 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
deductions to be subtracted from
45 number
the original invoice of the
purchase order
3 Equipment failure All components failing before Period between 32 days to 45
lapse of warrantees and days penalties of 5% will be
guarantees to be replaced charged from the total cost of the
within 31 days from the date it item, period between 46 days to
was officially reported to the 59 days penalties of 7.5% from
supplier and the supplier to the total cost of the item, 60 days
bear all the cost and risk of and above 10% of the total cost
replacing the failed / damaged of the item failed will be charged
item as penalties
4 Marking of goods Name of the Supplier, 6% of the total purchase
before delivery Purchase Order Number,
work responsible and held liable for and defects will be rectified at the
any defects arising from the Contactor`s cost
supply and delivery of the
spares.
X18 Limitation of liability
X18.1 The Contractor’s liability to the Employer R0.0 (zero Rand)
for indirect or consequential loss is limited
to
X18.2 For any one event, the Contractor’s liability the amount of the deductibles relevant to the
to the Employer for loss of or damage to event
the Employer’s property is limited to
Contract - 12 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
X18.3 The Contractor’s liability for Defects due to The greater of
his design of an item of Equipment is limited
to the total of the Prices at the Contract Date
and
the amounts excluded and unrecoverable from
the Employer’s insurance (other than the
resulting physical damage to the Employer’s
property which is not excluded) plus the
applicable deductibles
X18.5 The end of liability date is 12 months after the end of the service period.
X19 Task Order:
Z3.4 Failure by the Supplier to notify the Purchaser of a change in its B-BBEE status may constitute a
reason for termination. If the Purchaser terminates in terms of this clause, the procedures on
termination are P1, P2 and P3 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1 and A3 as stated in
clause 93.
Z4 Confidentiality
Z4.1 The Supplier does not disclose or make any information arising from or in connection with this contract
available to Others. This undertaking does not, however, apply to information which at the time of
disclosure or thereafter, without default on the part of the Supplier, enters the public domain or to
information which was already in the possession of the Supplier at the time of disclosure (evidenced
by written records in existence at that time). Should the Supplier disclose information to Others in
terms of clause 23.1, the Supplier ensures that the provisions of this clause are complied with by the
recipient.
Z4.2 If the Supplier is uncertain about whether any such information is confidential, it is to be regarded as
such until notified otherwise by the Supply Manager.
Z4.3 In the event that the Supplier is, at any time, required by law to disclose any such information which is
required to be kept confidential, the Supplier, to the extent permitted by law prior to disclosure, notifies
the Purchaser so that an appropriate protection order and/or any other action can be taken if possible,
prior to any disclosure. In the event that such protective order is not, or cannot, be obtained, then the
Z6.2 The Supplier, in and about the execution of the supply, complies with all applicable environmental
laws and regulations and rules, guidelines and procedures otherwise provided for under this contract
and ensures that his Subcontractors, employees and others under the Supplier’s direction and
control, likewise observe and comply with the foregoing.
Z7 Provision of a Tax Invoice and interest. Add to core clause 51
Z7.1 Within one week of receiving a payment certificate from the Supply Manager in terms of core clause
51.1, the Supplier provides the Purchaser with a tax invoice in accordance with the Purchaser's
procedures stated in the Goods Information, showing the amount due for payment equal to that stated
in the payment certificate.
Z7.2 If the Supplier does not provide a tax invoice in the form and by the time required by this contract, the
time by when the Purchaser is to make a payment is extended by a period equal in time to the
delayed submission of the correct tax invoice. Interest due by the Purchaser in terms of core clause
51.2 is then calculated from the delayed date by when payment is to be made.
Z7.3 The Supplier (if registered in South Africa in terms of the companies Act) is required to comply with
the requirements of the Value Added Tax Act, no (as amended) and to include the
Purchaser’s VAT number 4740101508 on each invoice he submits for payment.
Z8 Notifying compensation events
Z8.1 Delete from the last sentence in core clause 61.3 the words, “unless the event arises from the Supply
Manager giving an instruction, changing an earlier decision or correcting an assumption”.
Z9 Purchaser’s limitation of liability
Z9.1 The Purchaser’s liability to the Supplier for the Supplier’s indirect or consequential loss is limited to
R0.00 (zero Rand)
Z9.2 The Supplier’s entitlement under the indemnity in 83.1 is provided for in 60.1(12) and the Purchaser’s
liability under the indemnity is limited.
Termination: Add to core clause 91.1, at the second main bullet point, fourth sub-bullet point,
Z10
after the words "against it":
Z10.1 or had a business rescue order granted against it.
Z11 Addition to secondary Option X7 Delay damages (if applicable in this contract)
Z11.1 If the amount due for the Supplier’s payment of delay damages reaches the limits stated in this
Contract Data for Option X7, the Purchaser may terminate the Supplier’s obligation to Provide the
reasons R1 to R15 or R18 stated in the Termination Table.
Z12 Ethics
court or in any other similar process, of such Prohibited Action before the Purchaser can
terminate the Supplier’s obligation to Provide the Services for this reason.
Z12.3 If the Purchaser terminates the Supplier’s obligation to Provide the Services for this reason,
the amounts due on termination are those intended in core clauses 92.1 and 92.2.
Z12.4 A Committing Party co-operates fully with any investigation pursuant to alleged Prohibited
Z13 Insurance
Z __13.1 Replace core clause 84 with the following:
Insurance cover 84
84.1 When requested by a Party, the other Party provides certificates from
his insurer or broker stating that the insurances required by this
contract are in force.
84.2 The Supplier provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table A
for events which are at the Supplier’s risk from the starting date until
the last defects date or a termination certificate has been issued.
Contract - 16 - sc3
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER (TBC)
Loss of or damage to the The replacement cost where not covered by the Purchaser’s insurance.
goods, plant and materials
The Purchaser’s policy deductible as at Contract Date, where covered
by the Purchaser’s insurance.
damage to property Purchaser’s property
(except the goods, plant The replacement cost where not covered by the Purchaser’s insurance.
and materials and
equipment) and liability for The Purchaser’s policy deductible as at Contract Date, where covered
bodily injury to or death of by the Purchaser’s insurance.
a person (not an employee
of the Supplier) caused by Other property
activity in connection with The replacement cost
this contract
bodily injury to employees
of the Supplier arising out
of and in the course of
their employment in
connection with this
contract
Z _13.2 Replace core clause 87 with the following:
Insurance by 87
the Purchaser
87.1 The Purchaser provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table B
Transportation (Marine) Per the insurance policy document
Z14 Nuclear Liability
Z14.1 The Purchaser is the operator of the Koeberg Nuclear Power Station (KNPS), a nuclear
installation, as designated by the National Nuclear Regulator of the Republic of South Africa,
and is the holder of a nuclear licence in respect of the KNPS.
Z14.2 The Purchaser is solely responsible for and indemnifies the Supplier or any other person
against any and all liabilities which the Supplier or any person may incur arising out of or
resulting from nuclear damage, as defined in Act , save to the extent that any
liabilities are incurred due to the unlawful intent of the Supplier or any other person or the
presence of the Supplier or that person or any property of the Supplier or such person at or in
the KNPS or on the KNPS site, without the permission of the Purchaser or of a person acting
on behalf of the Purchaser.
Z14.3 Subject to clause Z14.4 below, the Purchaser waives all rights of recourse, arising from the
aforesaid, save to the extent that any claims arise or liability is incurred due or attributable to
the unlawful intent of the Supplier or any other person, or the presence of the Supplier or that
person or any property of the Supplier or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS site,
without the permission of the Purchaser or of a person acting on behalf of the Purchaser.
Z14.4 The Purchaser does not waive its rights provided for in section 30 (7) of Act , or any
replacement section dealing with the same subject matter.
Z14.5 The protection afforded by the provisions hereof shall be in effect until the KNPS is
decommissioned.
Z15 Asbestos
insurance requirements incidental to the supply and transport of the goods from Supplier to Purchaser.
For each of the thirteen terms, Incoterms set out obligations of the seller (the Supplier) in ten paragraphs
identified as A1 to A10 and the corresponding obligations of the buyer (the Purchaser) in paragraphs B1 to
B10. These obligations cover the following subjects:
A The Supplier’s obligations B The Purchaser’s obligations
A1 Provision of goods in conformity with B1 Payment of the price
contract
A2 Licences, authorisations and formalities B2 Contracts of marine insurance on an ex-works
basis (as per clause 84.1 on Contract Data)
A3 Contracts of carriage and insurance B3 No action required
A4 Delivery B4 Taking delivery
A5 Transfer of risks B5 Transfer of risks
A6 Division of costs B6 Division of costs
A7 Notice to the buyer B7 Notice to the seller
A8 Proof of delivery, transport document or B8 Proof of delivery, transport document or
equivalent electronic message equivalent electronic message
A9 Checking - packing - marking B9 Inspection of goods
A10 Other obligations B10 Other obligations
[Should there be a need to amplify any of the published obligations listed above for the chosen INCOTERM,
add them here.]
Part 3: Scope of Work 5
C3.1: Purchaser’s Goods Information 6
1 Overview and purpose of the goods and services 7
2 Specification and description of the goods 7
2.1 Purchaser’s design ............................................................................................................................ 8
2.2 Procedure for submission and acceptance of Supplier’s design ....................................................... 8
2.3 Other requirements of the Supplier’s design ..................................................................................... 8
2.4 Use of Supplier’s design .................................................................................................................... 8
2.5 Manufacture & fabrication .................................................................................................................. 8
2.6 Factory acceptance testing (FAT) ..................................................................................................... 8
2.7 Other tests and inspections and commissioning in place of use ....................................................... 8
2.8 Operating manuals and maintenance schedules .............................................................................. 8
3 Supply Requirements 8
4 Specification of the services to be provided 8
5 Constraints on how the Supplier Provides the Goods 10
5.1 Programming constraints ................................................................................................................. 10
5.2 Work to be done by the Delivery Date ............................................................................................. 10
5.3 Marking the goods ........................................................................................................................... 11
5.4 Constraints at the delivery place and place of use .......................................................................... 11
5.5 Cooperating with Others .................................................................................................................. 11
5.6 Services & other things to be provided by the Purchaser or Supplier ............................................. 11
5.7 Management meetings .................................................................................................................... 11
5.8 Documentation control ..................................................................................................................... 12
5.9 Health and safety risk management ................................................................................................ 12
5.10 Environmental constraints and management .................................................................................. 12
5.11 Quality .............................................................................................................................................. 12
5.12 Invoicing and payment ..................................................................................................................... 13
5.13 Insurance provided by the Purchaser .............................................................................................. 13
5.14 Contract change management ........................................................................................................ 13
5.15 Provision of bonds and guarantees ................................................................................................. 13
5.16 Records of Defined Cost, payments & assessments of compensation events to be kept by the
Supplier ........................................................................................................................................................ 14
6 Procurement 14
6.1 Subcontracting ................................................................................................................................. 14
6.1.1 Preferred subcontractors Error! Bookmark not defined.
6.1.2 Limitations on subcontracting Error! Bookmark not defined.
6.1.3 Spares and consumables 15
6.1.4 Other requirements related to procurement 16
6.1.5 Cataloguing requirements 16
7 List of drawings 16
7.1 Drawings issued by the Purchaser .................................................................................................. 16
C3.2 Supplier’s Goods Information 16
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Sc3 contract data part 1
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 241-202211281 Medupi power station deashing system spares scope of work.pdf (unknown)General
Technical
Logistical
Legal
Technical Specifications
Source: 241-202211281 Medupi power station deashing system spares scope of work.pdf (unknown)The reliability and availability of the Boiler Plant in general, is a concern for Medupi Power station
due to unplanned downtime of the deashing system, and it has contributed too many production
losses which affects the Energy Availability Factor (EAF) of the power station. Initiatives to improve
the reliability and availability of the deashing plant amongst others includes, placing contracts to
ensure availability and reliability of the deashing system at the Medupi Power Station. The deashing
system's main components are rotary feeders, a hydrovac, a slurry conveyer (launder), and heavyduty slurry pumps. The rotary feeders are located under the ash hoppers. The Rotary Feeder's
function is to control the ash flowrate into the hydrovac system. The Hydrovac combines the ash and
water and discharges the mixture into a launder. The launder then coveys the slurry into the
Submerged Scrapper Conveyor (SSC). The heavy-duty slurry pumps are used to increase the
pressure of the makeup water and supply it to the hydrovac.
Fly ash is the by-product of the combustion process and it’s contained in the flue gas. The flue gas
then flows through the boiler elements and eventually through the gas air heater (GAH). Before the
inlet of the GAH there are ash hoppers which are meant to remove some of the coarser ash particles
on the flue gas prior to the flue gas entering the GAH as shown in figure 1. The course ash particles
tend to be collected in the hoppers. When the hoppers are full the course ash particles tend to fall
off into the gas air heater periphery as shown in figure 1. The function of the deashing system is to
empty the ash hoppers and prevent the course ash particles from falling into the GAH mainly into
the outer ring of the gas air heater heating elements. The outer rings of the air heater experience the
lowest flue gas flow, the coarse ash on the outer rings tends to stick on the heating elements thus
increasing the ash loading on the GAH which ultimately result in GAH blockages and ash carryover.
The ash that has been carried over to the secondary and primary sectors tends to be blown out by
high velocity primary air and eventually causing erosion in the gas air heater casing, sealing system,
expansion sleave etc as shown in figure 2. The unavailability of the deashing system (ETG) will result
in the ash hoppers above the GAH to be filled with coarse ash and eventually the ash will fall into
the GAH element packs resulting in erosion and GAH blockages.
Figure 1: Flue gas Ash hoppers
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Figure 2: GAH erosion schematic.
2.1 Scope
This document will cover the requirements for the Supply, delivery, and refurbishment of the
deashing system components.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to provide the SOW for the purpose of developing a long-term
contract.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply to the procurement, delivery, and refurbishment of the deashing system
for Medupi Power Station.
2.1.3 Effective date
The document will be effective from the date of authorisation.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ESKOM SHEQ Policy 32-727
[2] Life Saving-Rules – 240-62196227 Medupi Power Station - SHE File Evaluation Checklist - 240-
97661287
2.2.2 Informative
N/a
2.3 Definitions
Definition Explanation
Contractor Service provider contracted for the supply of spares and various
services on the machines
Employer Eskom Medupi Power Station
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
SHE Safety Health and Environmental
SHEQ Safety Health Environmental and Quality
EAF Energy Availability Factor
QCP Quality Control Plan
SOW Scope of Work
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Maintenance – Materials Management is responsible and accountable for ensuring that the Service
is provided as per the SOW. Maintenance – Materials Management will also be managing the
contract.
Engineering will be involved in documentation review and will be part of quality control and attend to
intervention points as per approved QCP’s.
The commercial will be part of the contract placement process and communication with the
contractor until contract award.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Employer Responsibilities.
specification to the supplier.
site.
at the contractor’s premises.
damaged components.
low standard of services.
Contractor Responsibility
required, according to the specifications and technical requirements on this document.
alternatives thereof.
offloading of the material.
due to incorrect specification.
requiring refurbishment or repairs.
Power Station for assessment and for delivery after completion of works
components booked for repair.
within 10 working days after the issuing of the order for “strip-and-quote”
replacement as well as any additional requirements, to enable the deashing system to be
restored to its original condition.
assessment report & QCP has been accepted by the employer.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
2.6 Process for Monitoring
N/a
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
N/a
This SOW will cover the requirements for the Supply, delivery, and refurbishment of the deashing
system components as detailed in section 3.1 below.
3.1 Supply of Spares
The scope of this contract also includes the supply, delivery, and refreshment of deashing system
components as follows. The table below shows the stock number, long description of each spare.
The refurbishment component will be the pump and the rotary feeder.
Table 1:List of spares with material numbers
STOCK SAP long description Short
NUMBER description
771233 ASSEMBLY: TYPE: HYDROVAC CONE; APPLICATION: Hydrovac
DEASHING SYSTEM; DIMENSIONS: OD 320 X LG460 MM; cone
Material: steel; comprising: wear resistant tiling
And flange; hydrovac for the deashing system, with
Flange thickness of 10mm, outside diameter of 320mm
And outlet diameter of 110mm.THE Inside of the cone
Comprise of tiling.
771194 Rotary
KIT: TYPE: ROTARY FEEDER; APPLICATION: DEASHING Feeder kit
System; comprising: o ring, sprocket, tapper lock;
Impeller shaft, seal sog 105110-25-45, seal sog 101114-
30-40, sprocket 2B1-17T1610, sprocket tapper lock
1210 - 30, tapper lock 1610- 25, bearing 6205- 2rsh, chain
12B, packing 10 mm, oring, chain links 12b.
771209 Cyclone
Assembly: type: cyclone; application: deashing
System; dimensions: od 490 x ID 235 x lg 365 mm;
Material: steel; drawing NO: B114106-03-09-IC02-00004-
Af
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
771212 Launder
Assembly: type: launder; application: deashing
System; dimensions: wd 353 x ht 259 mm; material: wear
Resistant lining; drawing NO: B114106-03-09-IC02-00004-
Af; outlet diameter 160 mm and inlet width 315 mm
771210 Rotary
ASSEMBLY: TYPE: ROTARY FEEDER; APPLICATION: Feeder
Deashing system; dimensions: od 320 x od 285 mm;
Material: steel; drawing NO: B114106-03-99-ID32-00002-
00; outlet outside diameter 285 mm and inlet outside
Diameter 320 mm. Rotary feeder must handle ash
Mass flow rate of 10 ton per hour (10 t/h). The ash in
The rotary feeders is at temperatures of
Approximately 400°c.
744541 Hydrovac
Assembly: type: hydrovac; application: de ashing
System; dimensions: 490 mm; material: metal; oem p/n:
HYD-101; drawing NO: HYD-101-00 rev 00; capacity 10T/H;
Total weight 79 kg, pressure 620 kpa, volume flow
Rate 40 m3/h,mass flow aret 10-12 t/h; specification:
Total weight 79kg,pressure 620kpa,volume flow
Rate 40m3/h,mass flow aret 10-12T/H
730711 V belt
Belt, v: type: 16n spb; inside circumference: 1650 mm;
Outside circumference: 1650 mm; top width: 16 mm;
Material: anti static; thickness: 1 mm; profile: 2a; oem
P/n: 16n spb 1650; an
621683 KIT, PUMP REPAIR: TYPE: CENTRIFUGAL; APPLICATION: Pump Kit
Heavy duty slurry pump; comprising: o-rings; seals;
Suppl p/n: HM75-EHC-S c4; additional components to
Be added to the original repair kit are: o rings
Original repair kit recommended by the oem must
Also include additional items as specified; supplier
To provide material datasheet
725118 PUMP, CENTRIFUGAL: NPSH: 2.5 M; CAPACITY: 60 M3/HR; Pump
Total head: 10.7 M; size: impeller dia 250 4 vanes; speed:
2246 rpm; stage: 1; driver: v-belt motor 18.5KW; Iec
180Mm; 4 pole; 400v; 50hz; type: hm75 ehc-s c4 heavy
Duty slurry; specification: 5 bar; mount: v-belt
Drive; shaft diameter: 50 mm; flange inlet dn75; pn16;
Outlet dn50 mm; suppl p/n: pdwc2141200; material
Impeller and liner high chrome; pump must be
Delivered with performance curve and material
Datasheet
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
3.2 The Bill of Quantities
The estimated quantities are as per section 3.1 above and over and the above we will also include
the refurbishment of pumps and rotary feeder. This value will be used with other estimates to
determine the overall contract value. There will also be a Miscellaneous sum on the contract to cover
other unforeseen issues.
Table 2:Bill of Quantities
STOCK Short
NUMBER SAP long description description UOM QTY
Assembly: type: hydrovac cone;
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: od 320 x lg460 mm;
Material: steel; comprising:
Wear resistant tiling and
Flange; hydrovac for the
Deashing system, with flange
Thickness of 10mm, outside
Diameter of 320mm and outlet
Diameter of 110mm.THE Inside of
771233 THE CONE COMPRISE OF TILING. Hydrovac cone EA 20
Kit: type: rotary feeder;
Application: deashing system;
Comprising: o ring, sprocket,
Tapper lock; impeller shaft,
Seal sog 105110-25-45, seal sog
101114-30-40, sprocket 2B1-17T1610,
Sprocket tapper lock 1210 - 30,
Tapper lock 1610- 25, bearing 6205-
2RSH, CHAIN 12B, PACKING 10 MM, Rotary Feeder
771194 ORING, CHAIN LINKS 12B. kit EA 100
Assembly: type: cyclone;
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: od 490 x ID 235 x lg 365
Mm; material: steel; drawing NO:
771209 B114106-03-09-IC02-00004-AF Cyclone EA 20
Assembly: type: launder;
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: wd 353 x ht 259 mm;
Material: wear resistant lining;
Drawing NO: B114106-03-09-IC02-
00004-AF; outlet diameter 160 mm
771212 AND INLET WIDTH 315 MM Launder EA 20
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Assembly: type: rotary feeder;
Application: deashing system;
Dimensions: od 320 x od 285 mm;
Material: steel; drawing NO:
B114106-03-99-ID32-00002-00; outlet
Outside diameter 285 mm and
Inlet outside diameter 320 mm.
Rotary feeder must handle ash
Mass flow rate of 10 ton per
Hour (10 t/h). The ash in the
Rotary feeders is at
Temperatures of approximately
771210 400°C. Rotary Feeder EA 24
Assembly: type: hydrovac;
Application: de ashing system;
Dimensions: 490 mm; material:
Metal; oem p/n: HYD-101; drawing
NO: HYD-101-00 rev 00; capacity
10T/H; total weight 79
Kg,pressure 620 kpa,volume flow
Rate 40 m3/h,mass flow aret 10-12
T/h; specification: total weight
79Kg,pressure 620kpa,volume
Flow rate 40m3/h,mass flow aret
744541 10-12T/H Hydrovac EA 12
Belt, v: type: 16n spb; inside
Circumference: 1650 mm; outside
Circumference: 1650 mm; top
Width: 16 mm; material: anti
Static; thickness: 1 mm; profile:
730711 2A; OEM P/N: 16N SPB 1650; AN V belt EA 150
Kit, pump repair: type:
Centrifugal; application: heavy
Duty slurry pump; comprising: o-
Rings; seals; suppl p/n: HM75-EHC-
S c4; additional components to
Be added to the original repair
Kit are: o rings original repair
Kit recommended by the oem
Must also include additional
Items as specified; supplier to
621683 PROVIDE MATERIAL DATASHEET Pump Kit EA 50
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Pump, centrifugal: npsh: 2.5 M;
Capacity: 60 M3/HR; total head:
10.7 M; size: impeller dia 250 4
Vanes; speed: 2246 rpm; stage: 1;
Driver: v-belt motor 18.5KW; Iec
180Mm; 4 pole; 400v; 50hz; type:
Hm75 ehc-s c4 heavy duty slurry;
Specification: 5 bar; mount: v-
Belt drive; shaft diameter: 50 mm;
Flange inlet dn75; pn16; outlet
Dn50 mm; suppl p/n: pdwc2141200;
Material impeller and liner high
Chrome; pump must be delivered
With performance curve and
725118 MATERIAL DATASHEET Pump EA 12
Service 1 Pump service Pump EA 50
Service 2 Rotary feeder service Rotary feeder EA 50
Miscellaneous Other unforeseen expenses relating to 15% (total
expense spares and refurbishment budget) EA
store where they will be received by the material management section. The spares will be
delivered with all of the required data books and certificates, where required.
Medupi Stores Working Times: Monday – Thursdays: 07h00 – 16h00
Fridays: 07H00 – 12h00
can payment be affected.
equipment, supplied to Eskom by OEM under contract. This includes all aspects such as design,
materials and material specifications, manufacturing, including manufacturing processes and
acceptance testing. Where spares offered deviate from the original in any respect, it should be
indicated to the Employer.
spares are delivered, the spares will have to be replaced with the correct spares at the Contractor
cost. This includes transport and delivery.
The following packaging requirements should be adhered to:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
a) The Goods are to be packaged in such a manner that they can be transported and stored for
an extended period of time without resulting in damage to the goods.
b) This includes damage due to moisture ingress, corrosion, vibration from the power station
etc.
c) Where lifting gear is utilised to move the goods, the packaging should allow the lifting
operation and ensure that the goods are not damaged in any way during the process.
d) It will also not be necessary to open packaging for any lifting or transport operation.
e) Where eyebolts are fitted to move the goods, these eyebolts should be fitted in such a way
that they can be easily removed and replaced with the Purchaser’s eyebolts, ensuring that
the packaging stays intact.
f) The different types of spare types to be packaged separately in such a way that each type
can be stored separately.
g) Packaging and labelling of spares should ensure that the spare can be identified without
opening the packaging.
h) Where possible the packaging should ensure that parts can be positively identified through
the packaging. Where this is not possible, the packaging should allow opening and closing
of the packaging and still maintain the packaging integrity afterwards.
i) Delivery packaging to have the following details as a minimum requirement (removable
adhesive sticker if possible):
▪ Order number,
▪ A short description of the component
▪ The stock number if applicable
▪ Manufacturing certificates/datasheet
▪ Manufacturing date, where possible
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Bernard Matanda Boiler Engineering manager (Acting)
Mosekami Mokgala Middle Manager Procurement
Kgabo Choshi Maintenance Manager Boiler
Thapedi Ramokgoname Officer Refurbishment
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
August 2025 1 Chrisprior Madonsela Omit motors from the scope
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Name Designation
Chrisprior Madonsela Senior Engineer Boiler
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement Unique Identifier: 241-20221388
and Refurbishment of Deashing system components.
Revision: 1
Page:
Appendix A – Eskom Document Hierarchy
A.1 N/a
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Compliance Requirements
Source: 241-202211281 Medupi power station deashing system spares scope of work.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
Section
Source: 241-202211281 Medupi power station deashing system spares scope of work.pdf[2] Life Saving-Rules – 240-62196227 Medupi Power Station - SHE File Evaluation Checklist - 240
SHEQ Safety Health Environmental and Quality
QCP Quality Control Plan
Engineering will be involved in documentation review and will be part of quality control and attend to
intervention points as per approved QCP’s.
Important Dates
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP){"closingDate":"29 July 2026","closingTime":"10h00","briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"ion Not Applicable- Clarification meeting not required. Clarification","is_compulsory":true}"}
Contact Information
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP){"name":null,"email":"[email protected]","phone":"014 763 8689","department":null,"address":"r which"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP)scoring)
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Annexure a
Authorisation form
Indicate the status of the tenderer by ticking the appropriate box below.
A b c d e f
Company close partnership joint sole trust
Corporation venture proprietor
The tenderer must complete the appropriate certificate set out below for its category of organisation.
If the tenderer is a company, close corporation, joint venture, or trust the tenderer must attach a
certified copy the document that is proof of the contents of the certificate (resolution of the board of
directors of a company, members’ resolution of a close corporation, power of attorney in the case of
a joint venture, or resolution of the board of trustees of a trust).
Note further that, in addition to completing the relevant certificate for category of organisation, the
authorised representative of the tenderer is also required to complete and sign the table at the end
of this Authorisation Form.
A. Certificate for company
I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the
board of directors of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby
confirm that by resolution of the board taken on _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, is
authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the company, and to sign all documents in connection
with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the company. A certified copy of
the resolution of the board is annexed to this Form.
Signed: Date:
Name: Position:
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
B. Certificate for close corporation
I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as member of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby confirm that by majority vote of the
members taken on _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting
in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, is authorised to submit this tender
on behalf of the close corporation, and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any
contract that may result from it on behalf of the close corporation. A certified copy of the members’
resolution is annexed to this Form.
Signed: Date:
Name: Position:
C. Certificate for partnership
We, the undersigned, being the key partners in the business trading as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ hereby authorise Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, acting in his/her
capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, to submit this tender on behalf of the partnership,
and to sign all documents in connection with the tender and any contract that may result from it on
behalf of the partnership.
Name Address Signature Date
NOTE: This certificate is required to be completed and signed by the full number of Partners
necessary to commit the Partnership. Attach additional pages if more space is required.
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
D. Certificate for Joint Venture
We, the undersigned, are submitting this tender offer in Joint Venture and hereby authorise Mr/Ms _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, an authorised signatory of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , being the lead member in the Joint Venture, to sign all documents in connection
with the tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of all the members in the Joint
Venture.
This authorisation is evidenced by the attached power of attorney signed by the legally authorised
signatories of all the members in the Joint Venture.
We attach to this Form a certified copy of the Joint Venture Agreement which incorporates a statement
that all members in the Joint Venture are liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract,
a term that indicates which member will be the lead member, and terms that indicate the ratios
according to which work and payment will be divided amongst the members.
Name of JV member Address Authorised signature,
name and capacity
Lead member
Member
Member
Member
NOTE: This certificate is required to be completed and signed by all members of the joint
venture. Attach additional pages if more space is required.
E. Certificate for sole proprietor
I, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby confirm that I am the sole proprietor of the
business trading as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Signed: Date:
Name: Position:
(Sole Proprietor)
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
F. Certificate for trust
I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the
board of trustees of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby confirm
that by resolution of the board of trustees taken on _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_, is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the trust and to sign all documents in connection
with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the trust. A certified copy of the
resolution of the board of trustees is annexed to this Form.
Signed: Date:
Name: Position:
NOTE: The table below must also be fully completed by all tenderers in addition to the
certificate that was selected and completed above.
Name of tenderer:
Full names of authorised signatory:
Designation and capacity:
Signature of authorised signatory
Date of signature:
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Annexure b
Acknowledgement form
We are in receipt of the Invitation to Tender/Proposal from Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and
the following addenda issued by Eskom:
We confirm that the documentation received by us is: (Indicate by ticking the box)
Correct as stated in the Invitation to Tender / RFP Content List, and that each document is
complete.
Or: Incorrect or incomplete for the following reasons:
Cataloguing Acknowledgement:
Please select the relevant statement by ticking the appropriate box below:
Tender
Invitation to Tender in a previous contract/order [insert previous contract/order
number] __________
stated hereunder:
Manufacturer (OEM), is or is not [delete whichever is not applicable] in the position
to supply cataloguing information for items. We attach the letter from the OEM
confirming its position.
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Invitation to Tender/Request for Proposal No: E3298GXLPMED
Name of Tenderer: ___________ _ _
Country of registration: _______________________________________
Full names of contact person: __________________________________
Contact details:
Tel (landline):
Cell phone:
e-mail address:
Name of tenderer:
Full names of authorised signatory:
Technical Specifications
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP)Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 59
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Environmental ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ✓
Due Diligence Audited Financial Statements of the tenderer for the ✓
previous 18 months, or to the extent that such
statements are not available, for the last year.
Tenderers must note that in the case of a joint venture
or special purpose vehicle (SPV) especially formed for
this tender, audited financial statements for each
participant in the JV / SPV is required. Start-up
enterprises formed within the last 12 months are not
required to send in statements, but if successful with
their tender will be required to send statements for the
first year when once available.
Documents required under
Functionality/techinical criteria
Technical Refer to technical Evaluation Criteria ✓
(required for
Quality Management
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf(See attached Technical Evaluation Criteria)
Section A Score Option 2
Section: B Evidence of QMS in operation (Tender Quality
Requirements-Ref 240-105658000)
and authorities - Organization chart and Responsibility matrix
(must include but not limited to quality management
function/role)
(Clause 5.3 of ISO 9001:2015)
evaluation, selection, monitoring of performance, and re-
evaluation of external providers (Clause 8.4 of ISO
9001:2015)
Section C: Quality Control Plan Requirements (Ref 204-
105658000 204 109253698)
described in the tender documents (Ref ISO 10005)
Section D: Quality Control Plan Requirements (Ref 204-
105658000 Annexure/240 515 44462)
Works (Ref ISO 10005 & 240-105658000)
Section E: User defined additional requirements and
miscellaneous (Ref 204-105658000) customer specific
requirements and other standards and required can be listed
and evaluated
Form A is completed and signed.
Annexure B
OHS plan / OHS manual
Baseline OHS risk assessment
Valid letter of good standing or equivalent
OHS policy (must be signed)
Quality QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ✓
Category 3
Section: A Quality Management System
Requirements ISO 9001:2015
describes the QMS and its scope
management.
document and record control)
Section A Score Option 2
Section: B Evidence of QMS in operation (Tender
Quality Requirements-Ref 240-105658000)
responsibilities, and authorities - Organization
chart and Responsibility matrix (must include
but not limited to quality management
function/role)
(Clause 5.3 of ISO 9001:2015)
selection, monitoring of performance, and re-
evaluation of external providers (Clause 8.4 of
Iso 9001:2015)
Section C: Quality Control Plan Requirements (Ref
204-105658000 204 109253698)
of work as described in the tender documents
(Ref ISO 10005)
Section D: Quality Control Plan Requirements (Ref
204-105658000 Annexure/240 515 44462)
per Scope of Works (Ref ISO 10005 & 240-
Section E: User defined additional requirements
and miscellaneous (Ref 204-105658000) customer
specific requirements and other standards and
required can be listed and evaluated
Pricing Schedule
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdffor Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Number Description Annexure Attached (Y /
N / n/a)
1.1.13 Reverse e-auction process (if applicable) N/A
1.1.14 E-tendering Help Manual acknowledgement form N/A
1.1.15 E-tendering Help Manual for supplier N/A
1.1.16 CIDB Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) N/A
(if applicable)
1.1.17 Contract Participation Goals (CPG) N/A
(if applicable)
1.1.18 Scope of Work Y
1.1.19 NEC or other Contract Y
1.1.20 Pricing Schedule/BOQ (if not contained in Contract) Y
Goal, it will not be disqualified. However, it will be awarded 0 points
for that Specific Goal.
3.19 Ranking of tenders Tenderers will be ranked by applying the preferential point scoring for
the 80/20 system. Eskom will add the score from Pricing and Specific
Questionnaire (if company, close corporation (CC) or Trust is a personal
services service provider for purposes of PAYE]
contract and was
included as
annexure)
CIDB (where Valid proof of the required cidb grading designation for N/A
applicable) the main contractor; JV and /or sub-contractor as may
be required in the tender data at tender closing deadline
or within 21 working days from the closing date of
submission of tenders if this is agreed with the Employer
NEC Completed NEC pricing schedule and contract data. ✓
Financial Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP)Bid Bond: Performance guarantee
X17: Low performance damages
X18: Limit of Liability
X19: Task order
Z: Additional conditions of contract
2.33 Cataloguing The successful tenderer may be required to provide the cataloguing
information per item after contract award and will need to ensure that
all materials delivered to Esko
Payment Terms: payment terms as stipulated hereunder when
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed
Compliance Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdf (RFP)tax compliance is required
tax compliance status ___________________
tax compliance certificate as a tender returnable by
CSD Registration Report because Eskom cannot do business
CSD number)
CSD number
Central Supplier Database (CSD) number (MAAA
Central Supplier Database (CSD), please provide your supplier registration number with
joint venture agreement
Joint Venture Agreement which incorporates a statement
power of attorney in the case of
power of attorney signed by the legally authorised
X13: Performance guarantee
2.28 CIDB Requirements (where Not applicable.
Goals (CSDG) is
Points Allocation: 20 points
B-BBEE Details: vitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 24
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
7.2 What percentage will you be sub-contracting? _____%
7.3 To whom do you intend sub-contracting? _______________________________
7.4 Is the said sub-contractor registered on CSD?
Yes NO
7.5 If yes to 8.4, please provide CSD number.______________________________
7.6 Please confirm B-BBEE level of said sub-contractor______________________
7.7 Which designated group does the sub-contractor belong to: -
a) An EME or QSE;
b) An EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people;
c) An EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are youth;
d) An EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are women;
e) An EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people with disabilities;
f) An EME or QSE which is 51% owned by black people living in rural or underdeveloped
areas or townships;
g) A cooperative which is at least 51% owned by black people;
h) An EME or QSE which is at least 51% owned by black people who are military veterans; or
i) More than one of the categories referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h).
7.8 Please confirm that you have attached your signed intention to sub-contract document.
Yes NO
7.9 Have you attached proof of sub-contractor’s belonging to designated group?
Yes NO
Name of tenderer:
Full names of authorised signatory:
Signature:
Designation and capacity:
Date:
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When download
Health & Safety
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdfContractual requirements mean the suppliers will submit the tender
returnable during the tender close-out. The evaluation will take place
once the mandatory and Functionality evaluation have been
completed. The service provider will be given only ONE opportunity to
submit the outstanding documents within 7 working days. Failure to
submit the outstanding documents within the stipulated time; may
result in the tenderer being regarded as non-responsive and ineligible
for contract award. These OHS requirements will form part of the
procurement process and must be complied with prior to signing the
contract (Note: these requirements are applicable to the tender phase
only). The service provider shall comply with the OHS Safety file
requirements which will be issued to the successful bidder, and no
work shall commence until the Safety file is approved by the Contract
custodian together with the OHS professional.
returnable during the tender close-out. The evaluation will take place
once the mandatory and Functionality evaluation have been
completed. The service provider will be given only ONE opportunity to
submit the outstanding documents within 7 working days. Failure to
submit the outstanding documents within the stipulated time; may
result in the tenderer being regarded as non-responsive and ineligible
for contract award. These OHS requirements will form part of the
procurement process and must be complied with prior to signing the
contract (Note: these requirements are applicable to the tender phase
only). The service provider shall comply with the OHS Safety file
requirements which will be issued to the successful bidder, and no
work shall commence until the Safety file is approved by the Contract
custodian together with the OHS professional.
Environmental requirements
o Auditors/ independent reviewers / accounting officer’s /
compiler’s report.
o A signed director’s / member’s report.
o Annual Comparative Financial Statements:
o Statement of Financial Position (Balance Sheet)
o Statement of Comprehensive Income (Income
Statement)
o Statement of Changes in Equity
o Statement of Changes in Cash Flows
Requirements (where contractual
Requirements are stipulated)
Safety SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ✓
service provider will be given only ONE opportunity to
submit the outstanding documents within 7 working
days. Failure to submit the outstanding documents
within the stipulated time; may result in the tenderer
being regarded as non-responsive and ineligible for
contract award. These OHS requirements will form part
of the procurement process and must be complied with
prior to signing the contract (Note: these requirements
are applicable to the tender phase only). The service
provider shall comply with the OHS Safety file
requirements which will be issued to the successful
bidder, and no work shall commence until the Safety file
is approved by the Contract custodian together with the
safety/quality
documents as
required per
scope of works
Contractual Terms
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 24 - 19 March 2025.pdfsanctions list. A tenderer shall be found to have the nationality
of a country if the tenderer is a national or is constituted,
incorporated, or registered and operates in conformity with the
provisions of the laws of that country. This criterion shall also
apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed
subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract including
related services.
individually or as a partner in a joint venture (JV) or consortium,
except on an E-Tendering system where there is a limit size
(900MB) for submission and the tenderers may submit more
than one submission with the same tender number.
option clauses, acceptable to Eskom as the Employer, selected
from the NEC 3 Term Service Contract (TSC3).
A: Priced contract with price list
W1: Dispute resolution procedure
X1: Price adjustment for inflation
X2: Changes in the law
X3: Multi Currencies
X7: Delay damages
X13: Performance guarantee
X17: Low performance damages
X18: Limit of Liability
X19: Task order
Z: Additional conditions of contract
2.33 Cataloguing The successful tenderer may be required to provide the cataloguing
information per item after contract award and will need to ensure that
all materials delivered to Eskom are labelled in line with Eskom’s
labelling specifications as may be stipulated by Eskom. Where
cataloguing is a requirement, the Pricing Schedule must also include
a line item for cataloguing, which tenderers are required to quote for.
performance bond or a demand guarantee is a requirement, the
tenderer must select a minimum of two (2) financial institutions that it
is likely to approach from the list provided of Eskom-approved
financial institutions.
3.4 Tender Opening Tenders will be opened at the same date and time as the tender
deadline.
A: Priced contract with price list
W1: Dispute resolution procedure
X1: Price adjustment for inflation
X2: Changes in the law
X3: Multi currencies
X7: Delay damages
X13: Performance guarantee
X17: Low performance damages
X18: Limit of Liability
X19: Task order
Z: Additional conditions of contract
2.28 CIDB Requirements (where Not applicable.
applicable for Engineering and
Construction Works Contracts)
2.29 Contract Skills Development Not Applicable
Goals (CSDG) is
2.30 Contract Participation Goals is Not Applicable
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
suppliers within 60 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
Description
Source: Unpriced BOQ and CPA Deashing.xlsxScope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station, Limpopo, for a 5-year period. Components include hydrovac cones, rotary feeder kits, cyclones, launders, rotary feeders, hydrovacs, V-belts, pump kits, and centrifugal pumps, along with associated services and consumables.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Unpriced BOQ and CPA Deashing.xlsx (unknown)Returnable Documents: Not explicitly listed in the provided content. Bidders should verify required submission documents with the tender issuer.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Unpriced BOQ and CPA Deashing.xlsx (unknown)General
Technical
Financial
Technical Specifications
Source: Unpriced BOQ and CPA Deashing.xlsx (unknown)Scope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for 5 years.
Key Components and Specifications:
Contract Price Adjustment (CPA): Proposed formulas linked to SEIFSA indices:
Important Dates
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"10 Jan 2024"}
Contact Information
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"CC Cost Centre","address":null}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdf (unknown)Legal
Applicants must be legally registered entities compliant with South African regulations.
Experience
Proven track record in procurement, refurbishment, and supply chain management for power station components (preferably Eskom or similar utilities).
Technical
Demonstrated capability in repairing deashing system components, SAP MM/PM modules, and adherence to Eskom’s PCMs.
Financial
Financial stability to fulfill a 5-year contract, including warranty/guarantee obligations.
Compliance
Certification to ISO 9001 or equivalent quality management standards.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdf (unknown)This work instruction is to instruct the RF / MRP Controller in conjunction with the relevant end user
on how to identify if a material should be repaired or not.
2.1 Scope
To describe the processes related to the identification of the need for repair of materials. This work
instruction is only applicable for materials that were taken out of service / plant and returned as
damaged to the warehouse
2.1.1 Purpose
To describe the requirements and processes related to the management of repairable materials in
accordance with Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Process Control Manual 32-
1226 and Process Control Manual (PCM) for Manage Repairs, unique identifier: 240-49739191.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Limited Divisions.
2.1.3 Effective date
October 2023
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 32-1034 Eskom Procurement and Supply Management Procedure
[3] 32-1226 Process Control Manual / Manage Warehouse and Haulage
[4] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Define Strategic Maintenance Plan 240-41931861
[5] Process Control Manual for Define Maintenance Objectives 240-419131550
[6] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Define Integrated Resource Plan 240-41931892
[7] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Manage Work 32-1304
[8] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Execute Maintenance Work 32-1303
[9] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Perform Continuous Improvement 240-41931928
[10] 240-49739191 Process Control Manual (PCM) for Manage Repairs
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
N/a
2.3 Definitions
[1] RF Controller: Person responsible for the management of the rotable materials.
[2] MMPP status: This code defines the category type of a material on the SAP system. (e.g. 02
is a rotable material, 04 is a strategic material).
[3] Repairable Materials: Plant items that can be repaired cheaper than purchasing a new item
should be changed to RF-Items and managed accordingly through the Rotable Process. The
item must be repairable at least 3-times.The cost of repair of the material must be equal to or
less than 70% of the cost of a new item. The condition of the material after repair must be “as
good as new”, e.g. must be back to its original specification and capable of the same
performance as a new item. Lead-time is a factor that needs to be considered, if the repair lead-
time is considerably shorter than the lead-time for the purchase of a new item this may become
the deciding factor.
[4] Rotable Materials: SAP / Plant Maintenance terminology for repairable materials.
[5] New: A valuation category on the SAP system for newly purchased materials.
[6] Repaired: The valuation category for materials that have been used in the plant and repaired.
[7] Damaged: The valuation category for materials that failed and are waiting to be repaired.
[8] Scrapped: The valuation category for materials that is beyond repair.
[9] PM01 and PM03: A control key on the repairable order that determines the method used for
the repair.
[10] Field: Refers to sub-station as well as Distribution and Transmission lines.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
BU Business Unit
CC Cost Centre
CNC Customer Network Centre
Dx Distribution Division
MDDA Materials Delivery Discrepancy Advice
MM Materials Management
MRP Materials Requirements Planning
NCR Non Compliance Report
PCM Process Control Manual
PM Plant Maintenance
PO Purchase Order
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
PR Purchase Requisition
QI Quality Inspector
RDC Regional Distribution Centre
RF Controller MRP Controller (Repairable Material)
RF Material Repairable Material
SI Standards Implementation
SME Subject Matter Expert
Sr. Senior
TECO Technically Close
Tx Transaction
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Ensure that the rotable process is Manager: Materials
RF Controller
implemented and adhered to Management
Ensure that proper controls and checks are done Manager: Middle Manager Business
on the rotable process. Materials Partner and Sr. Manager:
Management Warehousing, Logistics and
Mm
Familiarise themselves with the proper procedure End user / RF Manager: Materials
in relation to the rotable process. Controller Management
Return all damaged, scrapped or unused rotable End user End user
items to the warehouse
dismantle damaged material from the plant / field End user End user
labelling of damaged item prior to return material End user End user
to warehouse
Provided Warranty certificates PM Planner End user
Upload all relevant documents as per Receiving Receiving Manager: Materials
of Materials Work Instruction 240-54820279 Section Management
against the SAP document number
Complete a Stores Return Form 240-58972386 End user End user
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
Dismantle the damaged equipment from the End user End user
functional location on the SAP Equipment
Master
Create Rotable Order M320 RF Controller Manager: Materials
Management
Verify if material is under warranty or guarantee Receiving Manager: Materials
Section Management
Daily RF Tracking RF Controller Manager: Materials
Management
Complete the Refurbishment control form (240- RF Controller Manager: Materials
Contacts SI as soon as a repairable item is Warehouse Manager: Materials
identified Supervisor Management
Monitoring that damaged materials are returned RF Controller Manager: Materials
on the SAP system Management
File refurbishment control form (240-58974346) RF Controller Manager: Materials
with all relevant documentation Management
Draw the SAP MB52 reports monthly to monitor RF Controller Manager: Materials
long outstanding items in SAP Blocked Stock Management
2.6 Process for Monitoring
The Business Support department will, on an adhoc basis, do an in house review to monitor the
adherence to this work instruction.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
240-120131666 Disposal of Material Work Instruction 240-134127140 Modular Spares Standard Operating Procedure
Peaking Materials Management Standard
240-54819241 Identify Repairable item 240-81318959
Operating Procedure
Manage Scrap, Obsolete and Inactive
240-54819262 240-54819031 Perform Inventory Control
Inventory Work Instructions
240-54819861 Material Picking and Issuing Work Instructions 240-54819052 Perform Inventory Control Movements
Materials Management Warehouse Document
240-68601934 240-54820825 Process External Repairs
Control
240-121367216 Shelf life Standard Operating Procedure 240-54820316 Process Internal Repairs
240-54818977 Storage of Materials 240-54820279 Receive Materials
240-58971982 Contingency Goods Issue Form 240-129582557 Outstanding Returns (damaged) Register
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
240-5872038 Count Sheet 240-62944134 Re-count sheet
240-97369764 Delivery Note 240-58974346 Refurbishment Control Form
240-84490296 Items Identified as Scrap 240-62944482 Scrap Adjustment Letter
240-58972713 Items to be sent for repairs 240-58972386 Scrap Authorisation Form
240-62069553 Material Collection Form 240-58972459 Scrap Contract Spreadsheet Weekly and Monthly
240-58972811 Material Delivery Discrepancy Advice .doc 240-58974502 Scrapping of a repairable item
240-58977626 Material Receipt Register IM-I04 Stores Return Form
240-58974713 Material Rejection Note 240-114652863 Transport Request Form
Material Return to Stores - Register - Credit
240-84490136 240-76618239 Waybill _ Material Returned to Stores Register
Yard
240-82770078 Material Returned to Warehouse Register 210-66 NCR Template - Material.doc
Materials Management Items Identified as
240-58974263 240-66492686 Obsolete Material Approval Form
Scrap.doc
3.1 The Identification of Damaged Materials That Need To Be Repaired Is Triggered
262, 202, 222, 242 and SAP ZL11 authorisation sheet printed outs)
Each of these will be discussed below:
3.1.1 Damaged Materials Returned From Plant / Field and Projects (Outages / Repairs)
Plant Maintenance material
Non-stock material (to be classified as stock if it is a requirement that the item need to be
refurbished)
Serialised material
Dx Internal repairs of Transformers
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.1.1 Plant Maintenance
works order M310. The end user shall draw a repaired or new material out of stock and create a
second line for returning the damaged material back to the warehouse. This shall be done within
72 hours or on another work order.
create a movement type 262
Material should be tagged with an appropriate label indicating the status of the material. Material
should be cleaned and if not possible to tag then the material number must be added on the
material.
returning material. The reason for the return and serial number shall be completed on the
on the SAP ZL11 authorisation sheet)
collaboration with the end user.
Instruction 240-54820279 against document number (delivery note, ZL11, warranties etc.).
Note:
The end user shall not send any damaged material directly to the supplier without approval from the
RF Controller.
3.1.1.2 Non-Stock Material
process to be implemented.
a reservation can be created to return a damaged item (movement type 202, 222 and the SAP
ZL11 Reservation Authorisation Sheet) and a Refurbishment Control Form 240-58974346 shall
be used for materials to be repaired.
3.1.1.3 Serialised Material
from the functional location on the SAP Equipment Master and change the valuation category of
the equipment in accordance with the Plant Maintenance PCM to “Damaged” or “Scrap”.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
Plant Maintenance PCM.
Authorisation sheet.
entered into the SAP system.
3.1.1.4 Internal Repair of Transformers
Quality Management
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdfparagraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 32-1034 Eskom Procurement and Supply Management Procedure
[3] 32-1226 Process Control Manual / Manage Warehouse and Haulage
[4] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Define Strategic Maintenance Plan 240-41931861
[5] Process Control Manual for Define Maintenance Objectives 240-419131550
[6] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Define Integrated Resource Plan 240-41931892
[7] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Manage Work 32-1304
[8] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Execute Maintenance Work 32-1303
[9] Process Control Manual (PCM) for Perform Continuous Improvement 240-41931928
[10] 240-49739191 Process Control Manual (PCM) for Manage Repairs
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
either create a rotable works order (M320), CO Production Order for non-plant maintenance
internal repairs or Subcontract Orders for non-plant maintenance external repairs.
3.3.2 Scrapping
with a Non-Conformance Report 210-66 / Scrap of a Repairable item form 240-58974502.
per the Delegation of Authority.
authorisation has been obtained.
3.4 Internal Controls
Health & Safety
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdfIntroduction .............................................................................................................................. 3
Supporting Clauses .................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 5
2.6 Process for Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 The Identification of Damaged Materials That Need To Be Repaired Is Triggered ........... 7
3.2 Daily Movement Report RF ............................................................................................ 11
3.3 Determine If the Material Should Be Repaired or Scrapped ........................................... 16
3.4 Internal Controls ............................................................................................................. 17
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................ 18
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 18
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 18
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 18
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
N/a
2.3 Definitions
[1] RF Controller: Person responsible for the management of the rotable materials.
[2] MMPP status: This code defines the category type of a material on the SAP system. (e.g. 02
is a rotable material, 04 is a strategic material).
[3] Repairable Materials: Plant items that can be repaired cheaper than purchasing a new item
should be changed to RF-Items and managed accordingly through the Rotable Process. The
item must be repairable at least 3-times.The cost of repair of the material must be equal to or
less than 70% of the cost of a new item. The condition of the material after repair must be “as
good as new”, e.g. must be back to its original specification and capable of the same
performance as a new item. Lead-time is a factor that needs to be considered, if the repair lead-
time is considerably shorter than the lead-time for the purchase of a new item this may become
the deciding factor.
[4] Rotable Materials: SAP / Plant Maintenance terminology for repairable materials.
[5] New: A valuation category on the SAP system for newly purchased materials.
[6] Repaired: The valuation category for materials that have been used in the plant and repaired.
[7] Damaged: The valuation category for materials that failed and are waiting to be repaired.
[8] Scrapped: The valuation category for materials that is beyond repair.
[9] PM01 and PM03: A control key on the repairable order that determines the method used for
the repair.
[10] Field: Refers to sub-station as well as Distribution and Transmission lines.
2.4 Abbreviations
240-121367216 Shelf life Standard Operating Procedure 240-54820316 Process Internal Repairs
240-54818977 Storage of Materials 240-54820279 Receive Materials
240-58971982 Contingency Goods Issue Form 240-129582557 Outstanding Returns (damaged) Register
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
240-5872038 Count Sheet 240-62944134 Re-count sheet
240-97369764 Delivery Note 240-58974346 Refurbishment Control Form
240-84490296 Items Identified as Scrap 240-62944482 Scrap Adjustment Letter
240-58972713 Items to be sent for repairs 240-58972386 Scrap Authorisation Form
240-62069553 Material Collection Form 240-58972459 Scrap Contract Spreadsheet Weekly and Monthly
240-58972811 Material Delivery Discrepancy Advice .doc 240-58974502 Scrapping of a repairable item
240-58977626 Material Receipt Register IM-I04 Stores Return Form
240-58974713 Material Rejection Note 240-114652863 Transport Request Form
3.1.1 Damaged Materials Returned From Plant / Field and Projects (Outages / Repairs)
Plant Maintenance material
Non-stock material (to be classified as stock if it is a requirement that the item need to be
refurbished)
Serialised material
Dx Internal repairs of Transformers
3.1.1.2 Non-Stock Material
process to be implemented.
a reservation can be created to return a damaged item (movement type 202, 222 and the SAP
ZL11 Reservation Authorisation Sheet) and a Refurbishment Control Form 240-58974346 shall
be used for materials to be repaired.
3.1.1.3 Serialised Material
from the functional location on the SAP Equipment Master and change the valuation category of
the equipment in accordance with the Plant Maintenance PCM to “Damaged” or “Scrap”.
tracking Sheet:
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Work Instructions for Identify Items for Repair Unique Identifier: 240-54819241
Revision: 3
Page:
Ensure that the work order has been released.
Record the system generated PR number for line 1 (strip and quote) in the appropriate
column.
Expedite the PR.
Once the Buyer converts the PR into a PO, then record PO number on data sheet.
Informed the supplier that the material is ready for collection for a strip and quote.
On day the supplier collects the damaged item, issue the damaged reservation to the
supplier using a movement type 261.
Record the issue material document number on the data sheet.
Complete gate release and delivery note.
Continuously expedite the material at the supplier to meet expected delivery date.
Upon receipt, record the IW8W document number.
Record the supplier payment receipt document number.
RESA, TECO and close the order (ensure that no items have been issued out before order
has been settled).
Note:
must create line two on work order for repair.
The “TECO / Archive” tab are not compulsory. It can be used to transfer completed order to this tab
for references purposes.
3.3 Determine If the Material Should Be Repaired or Scrapped
be repaired or scrapped.
be captured on the RF Tracking
sheet.
that require repairs Control Form shall be completed in collaboration
with the end user. This form shall
240-58974346 accompany the reservation
authorisation sheet.
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-54819241 Work_Instructions_for_Identify_Items_for_Repair.pdfVerify if material is under warranty or guarantee Receiving Manager: Materials
3.1 The Identification of Damaged Materials That Need To Be Repaired Is Triggered
262, 202, 222, 242 and SAP ZL11 authorisation sheet printed outs)
should be cleaned and if not possible to tag then the material number must be added on the
material.
returning material. The reason for the return and serial number shall be completed on the
on the SAP ZL11 authorisation sheet)
collaboration with the end user.
Instruction 240-54820279 against document number (delivery note, ZL11, warranties etc.).
Note:
into SAP QI/ from
for repair Repaired Under No Eskom’ Fault Yes BookBlocked Stock RTS by BlockTransfer stock
Warranty Tx PR / PO (issue with tx 201 Supplier to POPerformfor servicesGR on
222 / CC / WBS Unrestricted
against MM CC)
repaired
repaired.
3.1.3 During The Warranties, Claims and Guarantees Process
or guarantee exists comply with the warranty or guarantee terms and conditions.
period, the supplier shall be contacted to repair the material without costing. The material is sent
for repairs outside the SAP system process.
valuation type.
Non Conformance Report 210-66 (obtained from Procurement)
Return Delivery Note 240-58974413
Mdda 240-58972811
Gate pass as per BU requirement
Refurbishment Control Form 240-58974346
Transfer to Vendor using a movement type 541/542.
Rotable Order transaction M320 can be used with a PM04 key.
Description
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdfThe project involves the supply and delivery of refurbishment of deashing system components.
Important Dates
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The closing date is 27 July 2026. Other important dates include: Effective Date 01-Apr-21
Contact Information
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The contact information is not clearly stated in the document. However, the following contacts are mentioned: Compiled By: Tshimangadzo Tshifhango, Approved By: Sehlare Modiba
Submission Guidelines
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The tender submission guidelines are not clearly stated in the document. However, the returnable documents are mentioned as:
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)Legal
Applicants must be legally registered entities capable of entering into contracts with Eskom.
Technical
Proven experience in procurement, refurbishment, and supply of power station components, particularly deashing systems.
Safety
Demonstrated compliance with South African OHS standards and ability to address the hazards listed in the baseline risk assessment.
Financial
Financial stability to fulfill a 5-year contract, including procurement, logistics, and refurbishment costs.
Local
Preference may be given to local or B-BBEE (Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment) compliant suppliers, as per Eskom’s procurement policies.
Technical Specifications
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The technical specifications include the supply and delivery of refurbishment of deashing system components project.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The compliance requirements are not clearly stated in the document. However, some health and safety requirements are mentioned, including: Offloading and storage activities Dust( ash from ash silos) Respiratory disease, Wearing dark clothing while off loading and walking around the warehouse Hit by mobile equipment (Lifting Equipment)
Health & Safety
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The health and safety requirements include: Offloading and storage activities Dust( ash from ash silos) Respiratory disease, Wearing dark clothing while off loading and walking around the warehouse Hit by mobile equipment (Lifting Equipment)
Section
Source: Supply and Delivery of Deashing.pdf (unknown)The contacts mentioned in the document include: Compiled By: Tshimangadzo Tshifhango, Approved By: Sehlare Modiba
Contact Information
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf (TENDER)Eskom Representative: Lucy Matini. Document issued on 08-Aug-25.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf (TENDER)Submit the following returnable documents as part of your bid: Form A (completed and signed).
Returnable Documents
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf (TENDER)Submit Form A (completed and signed) as part of your bid.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf (TENDER)Suppliers must have a certified Quality Management System per ISO 9001:2015 with scope relevant to deashing system component procurement and refurbishment. Certification must be from an internationally accredited body and currently valid. Demonstrated operational QMS through documented processes for roles/responsibilities, external provider control, internal audits, management reviews, and project-specific quality planning capabilities.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdf (TENDER)Quality Management System (QMS) compliance: Valid ISO 9001 certification required (Option 1). Additional requirements may apply as per the scope of work and/or specification.
Section
Source: 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 3_ Rev 7 A.pdfEvaluation is based on quality requirements with the following scoring structure:
Important Dates
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"2 July 2014"}
Contact Information
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"ch 2019"}
Returnable Documents
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf (unknown)240-77471499 Rev 1 Annexure B: Acknowledgement Identifier Form for Document 240-77471499 Rev 1
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf (unknown)General
Technical
SHE
Technical Specifications
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdf (unknown)appointment of contractors or suppliers for
the commencement of work
Quality Management
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdflodged against Eskom.
and/or its sub-contractor and/or supplier) pertaining to Eskom and/or Statutory SHE requirement/s.
Health & Safety
Source: Annexure B_SHE Rules Acknowledgement.pdfrequirements that the tenderer has to address when submitting the tender returnable:
NOTE: the tenderer has to ensure that he/she understands the SHE requirements listed
hereunder.
are expected to comply when working at/rendering a service to Eskom but not limited to the following:
a. Eskom Safety, Health, Environmental and Quality Policy: 32-727
b. Eskom Life Saving Rules, Directive: 240- 62196227
c. Eskom Environmental, Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management procedure 32-95
d. Eskom vehicle and driver safety management 32-93
e. Eskom vehicle specification 32 – 345
f. Eskom contractor Health and Safety requirements standards 32-136
g. SHE specification provided
h. Employees’ right of refusal to work in an unsafe situation 240-43848327
i. Eskom Waste Management Standard 32-245
Note: any other applicable OU/BU-specific SHE requirements should be referenced here.
Important Dates
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf (TENDER){"closingDate":"01 April 2023"}
Contact Information
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf (TENDER){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"Medupi Power Station","address":"it proposals in a table below for developing the skills of unemployed"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf (TENDER)Tenderers must:
Technical Specifications
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf (TENDER)construction and Development
Programme (RDP) Goals
Tenderers who complete and submit the objectives as required, but who do not meet Eskom’s
targets, will not be disqualified. SDL&I objectives do not form part of scoring but commitments will
form part of contractual obligations
Transformation rema
Methodology
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdfthrough their supply network. In certain cases, the SETA’s accredited training providers can be
approached to participate in developing critical and scarce skills.
Note: That these targets for skills development candidates categorically exclude Eskom
employees and registered learners. The tenderers are required to take full responsibility
for the total cost of developing the requisite skills, and Eskom shall not make any
financial contribution towards the fulfilment of this obligation. Tenderers also are
advised to approach their relevant SETAs to access grants, subsidies, and incentives
as well as South African Revenue Services for tax rebates that are earmarked for skills
development initiatives
Section 3: SDL&I Penalty and Performance Security
Eskom will apply a penalty of 1.5% of the Contract Value for failure to meet SDL&I obligations.
For the duration of the contract, Eskom will retain 1.5% of every invoice (excluding VAT) as security
for the fulfilment of all SDL&I Obligations. The retained amounts shall only be released to the
Pricing Schedule
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdftender response must be separated into its components as per the Price Schedule included with
the tender documents. Local procurement content is total spending minus the imported
component.
Compliance Requirements
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdf (TENDER)Proof of ownership / shareholding (preferably CIPC documentation) inclusive of shareholding
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 0
Points Allocation: 0 points
B-BBEE Details: Document Identifier 240-148918142 Rev 4
SDL&I Strategy Setting Effective Date 01 April 2023
Template Review Date April 2026
Business Unit Medupi Power Station
Description/ Scope of Work The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System
Components at Medupi Power Station for a period of 5 years.
Duration of the Project 60 months
XXXXXX Budget
Name of Buyer Kgalake Koma
Section 1: Specific Goals
B-BBEE Status Level of Number of points Number of points
Contributor (90/10 system) (80/20 system)
1 10 20
2 9 18
3 6 14
4 5 12
5 4 8
6 3 6
7 2 4
8 1 2
Non-compliant contributor 0 0
NB: The following documents are required to claim preference points,
CIPS affidavit
breakdown
ventures),a consolidated B-BBEE status level verification certificate.
Tenderer failing to provide documentation for the allocation of preference points will not be
disqualified, but’
Confidential
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
File name: 240-43921804 (Rev 6) Header and footer portrait template of 6
Health & Safety
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdfensure their validity:
authorised to depose of an affidavit. (Mark the applicable option).
business address.
as per Statement 004, the percentage of black beneficiaries must be reflected. (No blank spaces to be left).
management account. (Mark the applicable option).
(Financial year end to be stipulated by day/month/year).
supplier status.
the presence of the Commissioner of Oath. Furthermore the Commissioner must also sign and stamp)
commission a sworn affidavit in which they have an interest.
Compiled by: Levious Mocheko
...................................
Section
Source: SDLI Strategy for The Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station 1.pdfSection 1: Specific Goals
B-BBEE Status Level of Number of points Number of points
Contributor (90/10 system) (80/20 system)
NB: The following documents are required to claim preference points,
Tenderer failing to provide documentation for the allocation of preference points will not be
Pumps, MV Motors and Pumps 70%
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 32-95 OHS Incident Management Pocedure Rev 9 - 30 March 2021.pdf (unknown)Eligibility criteria are not explicitly detailed in the provided document content. However, based on the OHS procedure context, applicants should be: (1) Legally registered entities capable of contracting with Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd; (2) Compliant with South African OHS legislation (OHS Act, MHSA, COIDA, etc.); (3) Capable of meeting Eskom's incident reporting and management requirements; (4) Able to operate within the SAP EH&S reporting framework; (5) Subject to Eskom's controlled disclosure and document management protocols. Joint ventures must note that each company is liable for its own contraventions.
Technical Specifications
Source: 32-95 OHS Incident Management Pocedure Rev 9 - 30 March 2021.pdf (unknown)Eskom’s SHEQ Policy sets out principles and rules that underpin the way in which Eskom
approaches occupational health and safety, the environment and quality.
Incident management is an integral function of risk management. The aims and objectives of
incident management are as follows:
a) Reduce risk and prevent any recurrence of incidents.
b) Ensure that incidents are managed effectively.
c) Ensure that incidents are classified and recorded accurately.
d) Ensure prompt and appropriate investigation.
e) Promote the proactive use and value of near-miss incident reporting.
f) Improve the quality of occupational health and safety by learning from incidents, including
near-misses.
g) Share incident information.
h) Report to internal and external stakeholders, as required.
i) Promote the analysis of trends, and review practices accordingly.
j) Involve and communicate information to all stakeholders.
Incident management is not a mechanism for assigning blame or monitoring staff performance, but
rather a way of identifying and addressing areas for improvement in order to reduce future risks.
Eskom is committed to Zero Harm as a value, this value forms an integral part of Eskom’s
operations.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
This document describes the high-level intention and requirements for the effective management of
incidents that occur during the course of Eskom’s business that result in, or could result in, near
misses, property damage, injuries, occupational diseases/illnesses or fatalities.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, its groups/ divisions, subsidiaries,
and entities in which Eskom has a controlling interest. Where Eskom does not have a controlling
interest, this procedure shall apply if no such similar document exists.
This document is applicable to Eskom employees, contractors (unless it is explicitly mentioned
otherwise in this document) and members of the public affected by activities of, or on behalf of,
Eskom.
For the purpose of Eskom benchmarking with other organisations, the applicable Responsible
Manager may use the relevant classification criteria required for such benchmarking process.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
In the case where a site consists of multiple employers, this procedure must be complied with for
Eskom reporting purposes.
For the interpretation of requirements related to occupational health and safety incidents, this
document will supersede any other procedures and instructions. This procedure is supported by
sup[ported by Standard – “Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Definitions and
Classification Parameters: 240-131838225”.
2.1.3 Effective date
The document is applicable as of 1 April 2021.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-62582234: OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments Standard.
[2] 32-727: Eskom, Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality Policy.
[3] 32-123: Eskom Emergency Planning Procedure.
[4] 32-124: Eskom Fire Risk Management Standard.
[5] 32-256: Emergency Response Procedure – Communications.
[6] 240-51122806: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Incident Management.
[7] 240-49308149: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Occupational Health and Safety
Management.
[8] Aviation Act, No. .
[9] Occupational Health and Safety Act, No. .
[10] Labour Relations Act, No. .
[11] Medicine and Related Substance Control Act, No. .
[12] Mine Health and Safety Act, No. .
[13] Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, No. .
[14] Basic Conditions of Employment Act, No. .
[15] National Health Act, No. .
[16] 240-62946386: Vehicle and Driver Safety Procedure.
[17] 240-84733329: Medical Surveillance Procedure.
[18] 32-425: Hearing Conservation Procedure.
[19] COIDA Occupational Disease 2 Form – as per COIDA.
[20] 240-131838225: Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Definitions and
Classification Parameters.
[21] 240-58554227: Health & Safety Agreement.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[22] I240-47560170: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Quality Management.
[23] 240-51367318: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Assurance and Advisory Audits.
[24] 32-450: Safety and Occupational Hygiene Performance Management.
[25] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[26] ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems.
[27] OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety Systems.
[28] EPM0060: Measurement Specification Document for Headcount.
[29] Criminal Procedures Act, No. .
[30] Electricity Act, No. .
[31] Explosives Act, No. .
[32] Inquest Act, No. .
[33] Law of Evidence Amendment Act, No. .
[34] National Road Traffic Act, No. .
[35] 240-75512977: Noise-Induced Hearing Loss Investigation Form.
[36] 240-75512947: Noise-Induced Hearing Loss Notification Form.
[37] 240-154786986: COVID-19 Investigation Form.
The list of legislation and documents for further information is not exhaustive and/or not limited to
the legislation and documents listed above.
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Accident: Any unplanned event, arising out of, and in the course of, an Eskom or
contractor employee’s employment and resulting in human injury, illness, or death of the
employee, as well as death of, or injury to, any member of the public or damage to property.
2.3.2 Fatality: an incident occurring at work, or arising out of, or in connection with, the activities
of persons at work, or in connection with the use of plant or machinery, o r direct or
indirect exposure to Eskom’s product or activities, in consequence of which, any person
(that is, employee, contractor, or member of the public) dies, regardless of the time
intervening between the injury and/or exposure to the date of death. The date of the
incident will reflect the date on which the incident occurred, irrespective of the date of
death.
Note: Incidents related to the death of a person (employee or contractor employee) while
at the workplace and on duty who dies as a consequence of any activity or cause not
directly related to the course and scope of the deceased’s employment (for example, death
from natural causes, etc.) will not be regarded as a work related incident.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.3 First-aid injury: An injury due to a work-related incident, where that injury requires first aid
treatment within the scope of a first aider and content of a first aid box and does not require
further treatment by a health professional. Therefore, the following injuries will be regarded
as first-aid injuries:
a) If there was no medication required.
b) No subsequent medical treatment is required.
c) Where an employee was involved in an OHS incident where there was contact with a
person’s body part, whether there was an injury or not, the involved employee shall at
least be assessed by a first aider/health professional, for the purpose of this document,
this assessment/examination will be regarded as First Aid. At the minimum, the incident
shall be classified at least as a first-aid injury.
d) First-aid treatment can also be offered by a medical professional as long as it is in the
scope of the first aider.
e) The affected employee is able to resume work after the injury has been treated.
Note 1: Classification is based on the level of treatment, not on the person
administering treatment. For example, health professionals or emergency teams can
provide first-aid treatment.
Note 2: This excludes Incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at
the workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
2.3.4 Lost-time injury (LTI): A work injury, including impairment and a fatality that arises out of,
and in the course of, employment and that renders the employee or contractor to be booked
off work. A work injury, including impairment and a fatality, that arises out of, and in the
course of, employment and that renders the employee or contractor to be unable to perform
his/her regular/normal work longer than seven calendar days or shifts other than the day or
shift on which the injury occurred.
Note: Normal work refers to any work where a person can perform his/her normal duties,
as per job profile, without restriction. Lost-time injury will apply if a person is booked off
work by a medical practitioner due to an incident, including being booked off for acute
stress or post-traumatic stress disorder by a relevant medical practitioner after an OHS
incident.
A lost-time injury includes the following:
a) Where an employee/contractor is booked off, regardless of the number of days or
shifts.
b) Incident resulting to a person being booked on restricted/ light duty longer than seven
calendar days.
Note: This excludes incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at the
workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.5 Medical injury: an injury resulting from a work related incident where treatment was
rendered by a medical/health professional within a 24-hour period, and medication was
either prescribed, dispensed, and/or applied. The affected employee is able to resume
work after the injury has been treated.
Note 1: Treatment, for the purpose of this document, excludes any diagnostic or
examination procedure or method used in the establishment of the extent of injuries or
illnesses (for example, X-rays or scans).
Note 2: Where medication was prescribed and/or dispensed after an injury and it was not
obtained and/or used, the injury shall be classified as a medical injury.
Note 3: Where medication is prescribed, dispensed and/or applied, whether to treat an injury
or prevent an illness or medical condition after an incident, the incident must be regarded at
least as a medical injury.
Note 4: any work-related noise-induced hearing loss with a PLH shift between 3.2% and
9.9% will be regarded as a medical injury.
Note 5: This excludes Incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at the
workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
2.3.6 OHS Event: any occurrence where humans were involved and this occurrence poses a risk
of injury or illness/disease to those involved humans.
2.3.7 Occupational health and safety incident (OHS incident): an unplanned OHS event that
could, or does, result in human injury or illness or property damage, excluding:
a) crime-related incidents where there was no potential for injuries; and
b) motor vehicle incidents where the vehicle was stationary and unoccupied, incidents
where there were scratches on the vehicle with no potential for injury, windscreen or
glass-related incidents with no potential for injury.
Note: For recording and performance purposes, when there is an incident where multiple
divisions/groups are involved, divisions/groups must capture the incident for their
involved/injured.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.8 Occupational safety near-miss incident: Any OHS event that did not result in human
injury or damage but had the potential, under different circumstances, to cause human
injury or property damage.
2.3.9 Occupational hygiene near-miss incident: An OHS event where a person is exposed to a
single or combination of occupational hygiene hazards, which occurred in the work
environment, due to failure/insufficient/absence of control measures for that hazard(s) that
could result in medical treatment, impairment or an occupational disease/illness.
2.3.10 Occupational impairment: Partial or total loss of bodily function or part of the body
attributed to exposure at the workplace.
2.3.11 Noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) incident: Where an individual experiences a bilateral
sensorineural hearing loss with a confirmed percentage hearing loss of 10% or more
measured from the baseline, which must be based on two diagnostic audiograms, as per
Instruction 171 issued by the Compensation Commissioner.
2.3.12 Occupational disease/illness: Any confirmed disease/illness arising out of, and in the
course of, an employee’s employment and that is listed in Schedule 3 of the COID Act or
any other condition as determined by an occupational medicine practitioner. In the case of
employees placed through a labour broker, the onus is on the relevant OU/BU to ensure
that the pre-employment medical examinations are done.
2.3.13 Public fatality: The death of a member of the public.
2.3.14 Public incident: Direct or indirect exposure to Eskom’s product or activities caused by
substandard acts and/or conditions that result in, or have the potential to cause, physical
harm to members of the public, damage to property or interruption of business.
If an Eskom vehicle is used for commuting (the employee is not on standby, nor has he/she
been called out for work) and the employee is involved in an MVA resulting in injuries either
to himself/herself or a member of the public, this incident should be classified as non-work-
related. If there were injuries to the member of the public, the incident shall be captured on
SAP as a public incident and investigated but regarded as non-work related incident.
2.3.15 Public Recordable Fatality Incident (PRFI)
a) A PRFI is an incident resulting in the electrocution of a member of the public by coming
into contact with Eskom apparatus within the point of supply, but excluding
electrocution resulting from criminal activities. A minor being electrocuted as a result of
criminal activity will be regarded as a public recordable fatality incident.
b) Any work-related incident where an Eskom employee or contractor is responsible for
the death of a member of the public, excluding incidents where a member of the public
is solely at fault.
2.3.16 Serious incident:
a) Any incident that results in a person being admitted to ICU for four days or more.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
b) Any incident involving persons where there was electrical contact, uncontrolled release
of energy (for example steam release, electrical flashover, etc.).
Note: OU/BU must inform Sustainability Systems immediately regarding the incident, where
after a decision will be made regarding the activation of an independent Subject Matter
Expert.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
A&F Audit and Forensic
CC Compensation Commissioner
DoE&L Department of Employment and Labour
Eskom Eskom Holdings SOC Limited
Exco Executive Committee
HR Human Resources
ICU Intensive Care Unit
INO Initial Notification of Occurrence
LTI Lost-Time Injury
LTIR Lost-Time Injury Rate
MHSA Mine Health and Safety Act
NIHL Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
NPA National Prosecuting Authority
OEL Occupational Exposure Limit
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
OHS Act Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. )
OMP Occupational Medical Practitioner
OU/BU Operating Unit/Business Unit
PCM Process Control Manual
PLH Percentage Loss of Hearing
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PRFI Public Recordable Fatality Incident
SAIOH Southern African Institute for Occupational Hygiene
SAP Systems, Applications and Products in Data Processing
SAP EH&S SAP Environmental Health and Safety (system)
SDIC Safety Data Integrity Committee
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment and Quality
SOC State-Owned Company
SS OHS Sustainability Systems Occupational Health and Safety
TRIR Total Recordable Injury Rate
WCL Workman’s Compensation Letter
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and its subsidiaries shall take all reasonably practicable steps to prevent
all incidents and harm to any person, including members of the public and damage to property.
The Responsible Managers shall be responsible for:
a) Implementing this procedure;
b) Communicating to all their employees, contractors and contractor employees the
importance of compliance with this procedure and the consequences of non-compliance.
This includes communicating duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe task to all new
employees and new contractors;
c) Implementing a monitoring process for ensuring understanding of, and compliance with,
duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe task; and
d) Ensuring understanding of, and compliance with, the requirements of this procedure.
Note: Joint ventures: There may be occasions when Eskom and other organisations combine
resources to carry out a joint venture. Unless otherwise stipulated, each company in the joint
venture is liable for its own contraventions and could, therefore, be prosecuted in its own name,
without reference to any of the other companies involved.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
Compliance with the requirements of this procedure shall be audited as per the first- to third-tier
audit process. The OU/BU is responsible for its own monitoring; all other assurance providers will
monitor compliance with this procedure.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below:
[1] Annexure 1: as required by the OHS Act – document number 240-100003427.
[2] OHS Incident Investigation Report template – document number 240-77046688.
[3] WCL forms – as per the OHS Act.
[4] Preliminary Brief on OHS Incidents document – document number 240-99618317
[5] Process Flow on the process of Capturing, Verification and Validation of Occupational
Diseases – document number 240-134597296
The following steps describe the process of incident management and are described in detail in the
remainder of the document:
Incident identification.
Initiation and execution of emergency response.
Notification and reporting to relevant stakeholders.
Incident prioritisation.
Classification and recording of incidents.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
Incident investigation.
Management of corrective actions - implementation and monitoring of corrective actions of
incidents.
Incident close-out.
Incident communication – occurs throughout the incident management process and is not
necessarily a stand-alone step.
3.1 Incident Identification
Identify or recognise that an incident has occurred. There are two types of identification or
recognition, that is, direct observation and indirect observation.
To ensure identification of incidents, the Responsible Manager should provide employees with
knowledge and skills as well as create a culture and environment that motivate employees to
immediately identify incidents as they occur.
Direct observation includes seeing the incident happening or being involved in the incident. For
potential occupational disease incidents/impairments, direct observation includes assessment
results by any medical practitioner or medical surveillance conducted by an occupational health
practitioner.
Where in doubt whether the incident is an OHS incident or not, test the description of the incident
against a definition of an occupational health and safety incident.
Any medical practitioner who examines or treats a person for a disease described in schedule
three of the COIDA, or any other disease that he believes arose out of that person’s employment,
shall within the prescribed period and in the prescribed manner report the case to the person’s
employer and to the chief inspector and inform that person accordingly.
Identification of occupational hygiene-related near-miss incidents must be classified by the
occupational hygiene/safety practitioner.
Indirect observation includes learning of the incident through, for example, complaints, feedback,
or information provided by internal stakeholders (for example, Eskom employees or contractor
employees) or external stakeholders (for example, authorities, members of the public, etc.).
3.2 Initiation and Execution of Emergency Response
a) Emergency response includes, but is not limited to, the following:
i. Rescue operations.
ii. Ensuring that the scene is safe during and after the incident.
iii. Providing emergency care (that is, first-aid treatment) to the injured to stabilise him/her
and prevent further injury and obtaining medical assistance, where necessary and/or
applicable.
b) Activate the appropriate emergency response actions in terms of the site or area
emergency preparedness plan/procedure.
c) In order to prepare for proper emergency response, the Responsible Manager must assess
the potential risks and develop a suitable response plan to address the risks. In the event
of an incident, emergency care must be provided in accordance with the emergency
response plan for the area.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The supervisor/manager must ensure that the injured person receives the best medical
care and, when required, is transported to the doctor/hospital and that the relevant
Employer’s Report (WCL 1 or 2) is duly completed.
e) The supervisor/manager must ensure that a copy of the person’s identity document is
available to the treating doctor/hospital, which will facilitate prompt treatment. The
Supervisor / Line Manager should ensure that the injured is accompanied for medical
treatment, for the purpose of ensuring that the injured person receives the best medical
care and that the relevant medical reports are completed correctly and appropriate
feedback is received from the treating doctor.
f) The OU/BU Responsible Manager is to ensure that specific work instructions relating to
emergency response are available on site and executed accordingly.
g) Emergency response includes collection of evidence, which will assist in establishing the
root cause. When collecting evidence, take cognisance of the 5 Ps (people, position, parts,
paper and process evidence).
h) Collection and preservation of evidence:
i. Immediate actions at the scene following an incident can disturb or potentially remove
vital physical items and information important for the investigation.
ii. The Responsible Manager is responsible for ensuring that complete and correct
evidence and records are identified, collected, recorded and obtained, archived, stored
and preserved to support the investigation of the incident.
iii. The Responsible Manager must take steps to preserve physical items, computer data
and other relevant information until the incident investigation begins.
iv. No person should be allowed to remove, disturb or tamper with any evidence until
authorised to do so by the Responsible Manager or regulatory authority.
3.3 Notification and Reporting
All occupational health and safety incidents must be reported to relevant stakeholders. If
information is not readily available, the available information must be used, an updated notification
must be distributed to all stakeholders as more information becomes available. The action and
responsibility requirements under the Incident Prioritisation section must be referenced to identify
who needs to be notified.
When: when did the incident occur (exact time and date)?
Who: who was involved in the incident?
Where: where did the incident occur?
What happened: what work was being done at the time, what materials, equipment or
substances were involved?
Note: In the case of incidents involving crime and firearm-related incidents, the relevant Security
Department shall be notified.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.3.1 Internal stakeholders to be notified for occupational health and safety-related
incidents include the following:
a) All incidents
i. Supervisor.
ii. Responsible Manager.
iii. Occupational health and safety representative.
iv. Safety Department.
v. Occupational Health Department (if applicable).
b) Specific incidents
i. In the case of a fatality or a serious incident, notify OU/BU Management and
Sustainability Systems Department immediately.
ii. In the case of receiving any notification in terms of the OHS Act, sections 31 or 32, or in
the case of a summons received from the NPA, or any incident where there is a
possibility of liability, immediately contact the Legal Department regarding the
appointment of the attorney. If there are reasons to believe that such an attorney is not
required, the OU/BU must provide, without delay, a detailed motivation which will be
assessed by Legal Department and thereafter a decision will be communicated to the
Ou/bu.
3.3.2 Eskom employees performing work temporarily at another Eskom OU/BU
a) The Responsible Manager at the OU/BU where the incident occurred shall report to the
relevant stakeholders.
b) The affected employee’s own OU/BU Responsible Manager is responsible for reporting the
incident to the Compensation Commissioner (CC).
3.3.3 Eskom employees performing work at another organisation
If an incident occurs during regular/normal work, the reporting to the CC must be done by the
original OU/BU, although the external organisation (where reasonably practicable) must assist with
completing the documentation for submission to the CC.
3.3.4 Notification requirements for employee and contractor fatalities
a) The OU/BU must provide to the Sustainability Systems Department, immediately, the
detailed information relating to the circumstances of the incident, including details of the
deceased’s next of kin, in order for the announcement to be compiled for communication to
Eskom’s Board, Exco and the rest of the organisation.
b) The fatality announcement to be sent throughout Eskom must be signed off by the Group
Executive.
c) Only the Eskom Communication Department and/or the Eskom spokesperson may disclose
information to the media and/or the public.
d) Information can only be released to any external party after verification by the Eskom Legal
Department.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.3.5 Notification requirements for potential occupational diseases
Any potential occupational disease/illness must be referred to an Eskom occupational medicine
practitioner (OMP) for confirmation. Once confirmed, the OMP shall inform the Responsible
Manager, who must ensure that the incident management process is followed after confirmation.
Feedback on confirmed occupational diseases:-
a) Incidents to be recorded on SAP EH&S.
b) Each case must be discussed at the OU/BU statutory committees as required by law.
3.3.6 Capture initial notification
3.3.6.1 Capture and communicate the initial notification
a) Initial reports are reports that are submitted by any individual who is reporting an incident to
the relevant OU/BU Occupational Health and Safety Department. They can be provided in
any form, for example, email, OU/BU internal flash report or INO.
b) Initial reports are brief and limited to an outline of the known facts (that is, date, time, place,
what happened, immediate actions taken and persons involved).
c) The Responsible Manager must ensure that the initial notification is communicated in
accordance with the time lines.
3.4 Incident Prioritisation
From the initial reports, the Responsible Manager, in conjunction with, and advised by, the
occupational health and safety practitioner, must use the matrixes provided to determine the
priority rating of an incident. The Responsible Manager is responsible for ensuring that all those
involved in the prioritisation of incidents are in a position to understand and use the relevant
matrixes.
3.4.1 The priority rating is utilised to:
a) Ensure that appropriate management of the incident takes place;
b) Determine the level of action following notification of the incident;
c) Assist Responsible Managers with prioritising and classifying incidents; and
d) Provide clear direction about the incident reporting and communication requirements.
3.4.2 Steps involved in incident prioritisation:
3.4.2.1 Step 1
Determine the actual or potential outcome, consequence and severity of the incident by using the
Consequence table. Note: Use the actual outcome for injuries and the potential outcome for
near-miss incidents.
3.4.2.2 Step 2
Determine the likelihood of a recurrence of this incident by using the Likelihood table.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.4.2.3 Step 3
Quantify the level of risk associated with the incident by assigning a priority rating to the incident.
Using the information obtained in Steps 1 and 2 of this process, use the priority matrix to determine
the priority rating.
3.4.2.4 Step 4
Determine the appropriate action to be taken, as described in the Action and Responsibility
Requirements Table.
3.4.2.5 Step 5
If the severity of the incident changes, e.g. medical injury to a lost-time injury, the priority rating of
the incident must be reviewed and amended where necessary, including updating relevant
information in SAP EH&S.
3.5 Classification and Recording of Incidents
All occupational health and safety incidents, regardless of their rating, must be classified,
prioritised and recorded on the SAP EH&S system according to the CARAT (complete, accurate,
relevant, accessible, timely) principles. Contractor employees working under the Mine Health and
Safety Act will be classified and recorded as contractor employees and not as Eskom employees
for the purposes of this document.
3.5.1 Classification
Classification of incidents is based on the consequence as a result of the incident.
Note: the onus is on the OU/BU to determine the work relatedness and classification of the
incident. Sustainability Systems will not classify incidents on behalf of the OU/BU, but will assist in
interpretation of the procedure, should the OU/BU be unable to classify the incident or if there is a
dispute regarding classification, that particular incident shall be referred to Safety Data Integrity
Committee (SDIC).
3.5.1.1 Involved person’s relationship with Eskom: The aim of classifying the type of
relationship with the person is to determine whether the person(s) involved in the incident
was/were an Eskom employee(s), contractor employee(s) or member(s) of the public.
3.5.1.2 Work-relatedness: In order to classify the work status and to determine whether the
incident arose out of, or in connection with, the person at work, one needs to consider the workrelatedness of an incident. Unless otherwise specified in this procedure or in Occupational Health
and Safety Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameters standard, as a general
rule, an affirmative answer to all of the following questions is required:
a) Did the incident or exposure occur at any workplace or within workplace boundaries?
b) Did it arise out of, or in connection with, the activities of persons at work, or as a result of a
Hazard present in the workplace?
c) Did it occur in the course of a person’s employment?
d) Did it result, or could it have resulted, in personal injury or health impairment?
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.5.1.3 Responsible unit (OU/BU)
a) Eskom employees: An incident must be captured against the OU/BU/subsidiaries based
on the employee’s organisational structure at the time of the incident.
b) Contractor employees: An incident must be recorded against the OU/BU/subsidiary with
which the contractor has a contractual relationship and/or any other contractual agreement
(including hand-over documents). In the case of incidents involving a service provider
procured through a national contract, incidents shall be recorded against the
OU/BU/subsidiary or end-user that requested a service from the contractor/supplier, this
request may be in a form of releasing services from a contract, in writing or otherwise,
including emails, telephone, etc.
3.5.1.4 Classification of occupational diseases and occupational health impairment
Classification of occupational diseases and occupational health impairment incidents must be
undertaken by the occupational hygiene/safety practitioner based on the confirmation received
from the Eskom medical practitioner with the supporting documentation (refer to 240-134597296 –
Process Flow on the process of Capturing, Verification and Validation of Occupational Diseases).
The following will be excluded from the Eskom performance measure:
conditions.
exposed to any excessive noise at the workplace after 16 November 2003.
3.5.1.5 Reclassified incidents
Reclassified incidents must be communicated by means of an updated SAP EH&S flash report to
relevant internal stakeholders, together with an explanation of the reclassification. Supporting
documentation or proof must be made available for incident classification, verification and audit
purposes and electronically attached to the incident in SAP EH&S. Downgraded incidents affecting
performance indicators must be submitted to SDIC for ratification. Third Party at Fault incidents
affecting performance indicators must be submitted to SDIC for ratification.
3.5.1.6 Clarification regarding incident classification of occupational health and safety-
related incidents
Where clarification is required for the interpretation of rules and examples for the classification of
incidents or in order to resolve disputes with regard to occupational health and safety incidents, the
Responsible Manager must send all relevant information to the Safety Data Integrity Committee
(SDIC) for review, the committee will evaluate information and provide direction in accordance with
the Terms of Reference of the SDIC.
3.5.1.7 Classification dispute and appeal process
In order to deal with disputes or clarification, OHS incidents requiring clarification must be tabled at
the Safety Data Integrity Committee (SDIC). These incidents will be reviewed in terms of this
procedure and/or other relevant documentation. Should the OU/BU be not satisfied with the
findings/outcome of the SDIC, the OU/BU is entitled to appeal the decision at the Safety Data
Integrity Appeal Committee.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.5.2 Recording
3.5.2.1 General requirements
All work-related occupational health and safety incidents must be recorded on SAP EH&S.
All non-work-related occupational health and safety incidents that occur within workplace
boundaries must be recorded on SAP EH&S and it is not necessary to communicate the flash
report.
The following generally agreed principles must be followed with regard to which information is
recorded:
The date on which the incident occurred, as opposed to the date of subsequent
reclassification on severity, for example, deterioration of condition or death.
Any preceding incident, including an occupational disease/illness, that occurred as a result
of exposure to the same agent, impacting the same body part or target organ on a different
occasion and resulting in similar symptoms or health effects, must be reported and
recorded as a new/different incident.
3.5.2.2 Recording of occupational diseases or illnesses
The date of the incident for occupational diseases shall be the date of confirmation by the Eskom
Occupational Medicine Practitioner as reflected on the First Medical Report in respect of an
Occupational Disease (WCL22).
This incident must be captured on SAP EH&S as work-related within 48 hours as per information
provided on the First Medical Report. Once the outcome of the investigation proves that the
incident is not work related, SAP EH&S must be updated immediately to reflect changes on the
work relatedness. All Occupational Diseases where after the investigation, are regarded as not
work related, or where the OU/BU requires clarity/assistance, those Occupational Diseases must
be submitted to SDIC for final classification. An Occupational Disease involving a pensioner shall
be submitted to SDIC for final classification.
The date of an occupational health impairment incident shall be the date reflected on the NoiseInduced Hearing Loss Notification form (240-75512947). Occupational diseases/illnesses will be
recorded against the OU/BU to which the employee belongs at the date of confirmation by the
Eskom Medicine Practitioner, unless it can be proven that the occupational disease/illness was
caused by the activities of another OU/BU.
3.6 Incident investigation
3.6.1 General
a) All investigation reports must be considered controlled disclosure documents in accordance
with the Eskom document management process.
b) All health and safety incidents must be investigated, excluding non-work-related incidents
occurring outside workplace boundaries.
c) During the investigation of repeat incidents, ineffective corrective actions from previous
incidents must be considered.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The chairperson of an incident investigation committee shall be at a level as per the “Action
and Responsibility Requirements” table contained in the Occupational Health and Safety
Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameter Standard (240-131838225).
Where there is perceived conflict of interest (an interest which is likely to adversely affect
the investigation process), if the conflict is found to exist, the chairperson of an investigation
committee shall not be a direct manager/supervisor of the injured/involved person. It is the
responsibility of the Responsible Manager to ensure that incidents are not chaired by the
chairpersons who are conflicted in that particular incident.
e) In the case of incidents involving crime, the applicable Security Department must be
involved.
f) The employer’s investigation report (Annexure 1 in terms of the OHS Act) must be
completed by the OU/BU investigator and signed off by the applicable OU/BU Responsible
Manager as the representative of the employer/user. Annexure 1 for contractor incidents
must be signed off on a similar basis, unless the Contractor’s Policies and Procedures
stipulates otherwise.
g) All investigations shall be completed within 30 days of the occurrence of an incident, if the
investigation could not be completed within 30 days, the OU/BU manager shall write a
signed off letter indicating the reasons why the Internal OHS Investigation could not be
completed within 30 days. This letter shall be loaded on SAP EH&S.
h) The results of the OHS investigation must be captured on the Eskom Internal OHS
Investigation template: Form 240-77046688 and signed off by the chairperson within 20
calendar days after conclusion of the investigation.
i) All investigation results must be documented and captured on SAP EH&S, including root
cause analysis and identified corrective measures. The root cause analysis must be
electronically attached to the incident in SAP EH&S. Investigations by government
agencies could also trigger a review of the initial incident information captured.
j) Records must be kept by the OU/BU of all OHS Act section 24 incidents, lost-time injuries
and medical treatment cases on the Annexure 1 form (as required in the OHS Act –
General Administrative Regulations for Recording and Investigation of Incidents) for all
employees, contractors and members of the public. All investigation reports must be kept
and archived for at least 25 years, unless another period has been specified in legislation or
in any court proceedings that may ensue.
k) To determine the estimated cost of an incident, the Compensation Commissioner Cost
Calculations should be utilised.
l) The Eskom Internal Investigation Report’s disclosure is controlled, it is for internal use only.
It may only be disclosed to third parties with specific authorization or consent from Legal
and Compliance Department.
m) This information includes a wide spectrum of internal business data that can be used by all
employees and can be shared through authorized business process.
n) The completed Annexure 1 form, as required in terms of the OHS Act – General
Administrative Regulations for Recording and Investigation of Incidents, may be made
available to a third party on request.
o) Chapter 23 of the MHSA Regulations sets out the manner in which incidents are to be
reported to the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate on the following forms: SAMRASS 1,
2, 4, and 9 in accordance with Chapter 21 of the MHSA Regulations, as may be required, in
consultation with the Eskom Legal Department.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
p) In the case of incidents involving contractor employees, the contractor must investigate
those incidents as an employer in his/her own right (employer’s investigation) and generate
a report. The report and Annexure 1 must be submitted to the applicable OU/BU or on
request to the Department of Employment and Labour by the contractor. Eskom may
participate during these investigations.
q) During Eskom’s investigation, a contractor/member of the public may be requested to
provide information/ evidence. The contractor/member of the public is entitled (at their own
cost) to be represented by a legal representative whilst giving information/evidence. The
contractor/member of the public legal representative’s attendance in the investigation
process is limited to the period within which they are providing information/evidence. While
the contractor is giving evidence, the contractor executive may sit-in in the investigation.
Once the contractor personnel have finalised giving information/evidence to the committee,
the contractor executive to be excused. They must not sit in for the duration of the
investigation or question Eskom witnesses/committee members or to seek evidence from
Eskom.
r) When the contractor conducts its own investigation, Eskom employees may participate in
such an investigation. If an Eskom employee is required in that investigation to be a
witness, formal request must be submitted to the manager of the required employee.
s) Should the contractor or any third party need information or evidence from Eskom, the
manager of the employee from whom such evidence is requested, shall evaluate this
request and if required, seek assistance from Legal and Compliance Department who will
give guidance or determine whether such information can be provided.
t) The investigation report must include the following information:
i. The details of the incident (type of incident, what occurred, sequence of events when
and where the incident occurred).
ii. Incident consequences and impacts.
iii. The risk of the incident reoccurring using a root causes analysis technique and the
likelihood and consequence table within this document.
iv. Direct or immediate cause(s).
v. Root causes, taking into consideration human, workplace and natural factors (who, what
and why).
vi. Identify system failures (procedure non-conformance, training, plant failure, etc.).
vii. Corrective actions to remedy and prevent a reoccurrence of the incident.
viii. Lessons learnt and recommendations.
3.6.2 Investigation requirements
a) All incidents occurring within workplace boundaries must be investigated regardless of work
relatedness. Such incidents must be investigated to identify any possible contributing
causes and to make recommendations on preventing any repeat incidents.
b) The investigation of non-work-related incidents that do not occur at the workplace, including
non-work-related commuting incidents is not required. In some cases an investigation can
be requested by the Responsible Manager where the Responsible Manager has a very
good reason to request such an investigation (where Eskom has an interest to understand
the reasons/root causes) with permission from an employee. These lessons could be
shared in the organisation to prevent repeat incidents.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
c) It must be noted that the employer does not have the mandate to investigate incidents that
occurred at an employee’s home, unless the person was performing work from home
(defined as telework) at the time of the incident, in which case the incident would be
regarded as work related.
d) Eskom investigations will consist of an OU/BU investigation, or depending on the severity of
the incident (as determined in the incident prioritisation section), a corporate investigation
will be held.
e) After every incident that requires an investigation, regardless of the seriousness of the
incident, the responsible manager shall ensure that preliminary evidence collection process
is conducted within 72 hours of occurrence.
f) In cases of incidents involving contractor employees, the contractor must investigate those
as an employer in his/her own right (employer’s investigation) and generate a report. The
report and Annexure 1 must be submitted to the applicable OU/BU or on request to the
Department of Labour by the contractor. Eskom may participate during these investigations
g) The employer’s investigation under the MHSA must be conducted as set out in section
11(5), as revised, of the MHSA.
h) Root cause analysis techniques.
A root cause analysis technique must be used for all employee and contractor OHS
investigations.
3.6.3 Eskom Internal OHS Investigation
3.6.3.1 OU/BU investigations (excluding serious and fatality investigations)
The Investigation Committee must consist of the following, given the nature of the incident:
a) A chairperson (appointed in writing by the employer) as the investigator of the incident. The
chairperson of an incident investigation committee who shall be at a level as per the
“Action and Responsibility Requirement” table contained in the Occupational Health and
Safety Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameter Standard (240-
131838225),
b) Where there is perceived conflict of interest (an interest which is likely to adversely affect
the investigation process), if the interest is found to exist, the chairperson of an
investigation committee shall not be a direct manager/supervisor of the injured/involved
person. It is the responsibility of the Responsible Manager to ensure that incidents are not
chaired by the chairpersons who are conflicted in that particular incident.
c) Where applicable, a subject matter specialist(s) may be appointed by the OU/BU.
d) Representatives from all entities, where multiple organisations and/or Groups/Divisions are
involved in an incident.
e) The relevant supervisor/manager under whose supervision the incident occurred shall be
the first person to give evidence related to the incident and may be allowed to remain in
attendance at the investigation as an observer, provided there is no conflict of interest.
f) The applicable local workplace statutory health and safety representatives, as required by
the OHS Act.
g) The OU/BU shall invite the respective Division/Group’s Full Time Health and Safety
Representative (where applicable), as per Health and Safety Agreement.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
h) The relevant local union representative as per Eskom’s recognised trade unions may
participate during an employee employer’s investigation, including the process of evidence
collection, investigation, formulation of findings and corrective actions. The relevant union
representative must be from the union in which the involved person is affiliated to.
i) An applicable OU/BU OHS Department representative.
j) In case of an incident involving a person with disability, the investigation committee must
consist out of a representative from Human Resources (HR) and an Occupational Hygiene
Practitioner (where required). Depending on the complexity of the incident, the
Occupational Hygiene Practitioner in consultation with HR will recommend additional
specialist if and when required to assist with effective investigation of the incident.
k) Where relevant and applicable, the Construction Health and Safety Agent.
l) Where relevant and applicable, the OHS Act GMR 2(1) person appointed for plant-related
incidents or his/her assistant in terms of GMR 2(7).
Witnesses: Direct and indirect witnesses as determined by the investigation committee.
Note: A witness may be recalled to answer further questions by the committee, as determined by
the chairperson.
The Investigation Committee chairperson is responsible for the process of evidence collection,
investigation, formulation of findings, identification of root causes, formulation of corrective actions,
compilation of an investigation report.
Note 1: In the case of a committee member who needs to testify as a witness, such a member
needs to be excluded from the investigation sitting until such time as he/she has given his/her
testimony and thereafter the chairperson can exercise his/her prerogative to allow such a person to
become a member of the committee.
Note 2: The investigation may not continue if either the chairperson, the Responsible Manager or
his/her delegate (provided there is no conflict of interest), the statutory Health and Safety
Representative and the subject matter specialist(s) determined by the chairperson is not present
Note 3: The Sustainability Systems Department, as well as an identified subject matter
specialist(s), may attend on invitation.
Note 4: The initiation of the incident investigation must not be delayed due to the unavailability of
any witness.
Note 5: Sustainability Systems has the prerogative to participate as it may deem fit, after
consulting with the relevant OU/BU Responsible Manager, in any incident investigation
notwithstanding the priority rating or incident classification. Sustainability Systems may also
request, through the relevant management structures, any incident investigation report and enquire
on the contents of such a report. Sustainability Systems may lead any investigation at the request
of any relevant senior manager.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.6.3.2 Public Incidents
a) The OU/BU shall conduct an investigation for fatal and non-fatal public incidents.
b) The OU/BU shall immediately mobilise for a specialist to respond to the scene and collect
evidence.
c) In the case of electrical related incidents that occurred beyond the point of supply or
involving electrical related criminal activities (theft), the onus is on the OU/BU to conduct
its own investigation. If there is any reason to believe that there is a legal liability, the
OU/BU needs to provide a motivation accompanied by an investigation report and
supporting documentation/information to Sustainability Systems and Legal Departments
and seek a legal opinion from Legal Department.
3.6.3.3 Employee and contractor serious incidents (see definition of a serious incident)
a) OU/BU must inform Sustainability Systems immediately regarding the incident, whereafter
a decision will be made regarding the activation of an independent Subject Matter Expert.
b) Where required, Sustainability Systems Department will appoint and mobilise an
independent subject matter specialist/expert to facilitate and coordinate the collection of
evidence, statements and to support the OU/BU personnel
c) In the case of an extreme serious incident, the OU/BU must appoint an independent
chairperson (at least MPSG17) from another OU/BU to chair the investigation, where
required, the OU/BU to liaise with the Divisional/Group head office for assistant in the
appointment of the independent chairperson. Liaise with Sustainability Systems OHS
regarding attendance of the Sustainability Systems OHS representative.
d) The OU/BU’s Internal OHS investigation chairperson/investigator must provide the
investigation final report in accordance with the Internal OHS Investigation template (240-
Manager and Sustainability Systems Department. The independent subject matter
specialist(s) (referred to in a) above, may provide a separate technical report.
e) If there is potential liability, the Legal Department and Sustainability Systems Departments
must be provided with a motivation for such possible liability in order to advise the OU/BU
on the way forward.
f) The composition of the investigation committee for serious incident is similar to the OU/BU
investigation, with the exception of point a), b) and c) above.
g) The OU/BU where the incident occurred shall support the investigation by assisting with
logistical arrangements and providing a resource for the secretariat role, i.e. for taking
notes and assisting the chairperson with the draft report.
3.6.3.4 Corporate investigation (fatalities)
a) In the case of employee and contractor fatalities, the Sustainability Systems Department
will initiate a corporate investigation and immediately mobilise personnel, who will facilitate
and coordinate the collection of evidence.
b) The OU/BU must ensure that a preliminary investigation is conducted and a report is
generated before the corporate investigation.
Note: In cases where the MHSA applies, the investigation process set out in it will be followed.
Thereafter, a corporate investigation will continue, as required.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
c) The Corporate Investigation Committee must consist of the following members:
i. Chairperson – appointed by Sustainability Systems.
ii. OU/BU Responsible Manager, or his/her delegated person.
iii. Relevant and applicable departmental senior management representative(s) (provided
that he/she have no direct involvement in the particular incident and no conflict of
interest exist).
iv. Risk & Assurance/SHEQ Department representative.
v. Subject matter specialist/ expert.
vi. Sustainability Systems Department representative.
vii. The local statutory health and safety representative (for employee incidents). Where
relevant, the applicable Full Time Health and Safety Representative, as per Health and
Safety Agreement. The OU/BU shall extend the invitation to the applicable Full Time
Health and Safety Representative.
viii. The applicable local union representative as per Eskom’s recognised trade unions may
participate in employee investigations, including the process of evidence collection,
investigation, formulation of findings and corrective actions. The applicable union
representative must be from the union in which the involved person is affiliated to.
ix. Representatives from other divisions in cases involving multiple divisions.
x. In cases where the MHSA applies, the following members may be included as
committee members: 4(1) employer’s representative, 3(1) (a) mine manager, and
2.13.1 engineering manager (mining equipment)/mine engineer.
xi. Where relevant and applicable, the Construction Health and Safety Agent.
xii. Where relevant and applicable, the OHS Act GMR 2(1) person appointed for plant-
related incidents or his/her assistant in terms of GMR 2(7).
xiii. In case of the contractor employee incidents, contractor management representative(s)
are not part of the committee as they would have conducted their own investigation as
the employer. Should the contractor management representative(s) strongly feel that
they need to be part of Eskom’s investigation, the representative shall request (with
reasons) for such permission from the chairperson. Granting of this permission is at the
discretion of the chairperson.
xiv. In case of contractor fatalities, the contractor management representative may be
present while his or her employee is giving evidence. He or she can only seat-in when
their employees are being interviewed since this is an Eskom investigation and the
contractor would have done its own investigation as an employer.
Note: Should any person find it necessary to be an observer, such person shall request the
chairperson for an observer status.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The investigation committee shall identify and confirm the required witnesses:
i. Direct and indirect witnesses as determined by the investigation committee.
ii. A witness may be recalled to answer further questions of the committee, as
determined by the chairperson.
e) The OU/BU where the incident occurred shall support the investigation by assisting with
logistical arrangements and providing a resource for the secretariat role, i.e. for taking
notes and assisting the chairperson with the draft report.
3.6.4 Inquiries, investigation and hearings initiated by government agencies
a) National, provincial, and regional government agencies have the legal authority to inquire
into, or investigate, certain OHS incidents.
b) Any inquiry or investigation by any of these agencies should be preceded by giving proper
notice to the organisation.
c) When any of the following notices are received:
Notifications issued by the DoE&L (in terms of the OHS Act sections 31 and 32
and section 56 of COID Act – Application for Increased Compensation).
Where the MHSA applies, the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate may convene
an investigation in terms of section 60 of the MHSA and/or an inquiry in terms of
section 65 of the MHSA.
Summons/subpoena received from the NPA or any third party.
Any incident where there is a possibility of liability.
The OU/BU must immediately (not later than 24 hours of being notified) inform
Sustainability Systems and Legal Departments of such notice or requests received
by providing a copy of the notice, completed Annexure 1 form as required in terms
of the OHS Act (where applicable), the OU/BU’s relevant investigation report and
supporting documents and a completed Mandate of Instruction in order for Legal
and Compliance Department to appoint an external legal representative.
If there are reasons to believe that such an attorney is not required, the OU/BU
must provide, without delay, a detailed motivation to Sustainability Systems and
Legal Department, such motivation will be assessed where after a decision will be
communicated to the OU/BU.
d) Requests by government agencies for access to the site’s investigation reports and
related materials must be made in writing and where the OU/BU is unsure regarding the
submission of the requested documentation or information, the OU/BU shall request
advise from Legal Department and Sustainability Systems before they are granted.
e) Employees have the right not to incriminate Eskom or themselves.
f) In the case of incidents involving contractor employees, the investigation will require the
contractor’s involvement.
g) In the case where a contractor does not cooperate during any part of the Eskom
investigation, in terms of contractual and legal obligations, Eskom shall take further steps
to ensure that the immediate and root causes of the incident have been identified and to
ensure that workable corrective actions are identified and implemented and that actions
that will prevent the repeat of such an incident are implemented in order for Eskom to fulfil
its legal obligation.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
h) When required, all persons must be available and cooperate during any investigation by
the Department of Employment and Labour or NPA.
3.7 Management of Corrective Actions
3.7.1 Implementation and monitoring of corrective actions of incidents
a) There must be at least one corrective action for each root cause identified during the
investigation.
b) The Investigation Committee must consider the following hierarchy of control when
formulating corrective actions:
i. Engineering control for the purpose of designing/redesigning in order to eliminate
the risk.
ii. Barriers to isolate/insulate between the source and employees or animals.
iii. The provision of personal protective equipment should be the last resort.
c) Planned start and end dates for all corrective actions must be clearly defined and must be:
i. Specific;
ii. Measureable;
iii. Achievable;
iv. Realistic, with clearly allocated responsibilities; and
v. Timeous, with clear deadlines.
d) Corrective actions and restart criteria/conditions that have to be completed before
operations may resume must be clearly identified in the investigation report. Other
corrective actions (for example, longer-term system-related improvements or evaluations)
often have a completion date that extends beyond the start-up date.
e) Identify potential risks that can influence the achievement of the corrective actions, and
document in the investigation report how these risks should be mitigated.
f) All corrective actions must be verified by the person responsible in order to determine
effective implementation. Documentary evidence of the implemented corrective actions
must be available and attached electronically to the incident in SAP EH&S before the
corrective action is closed on SAP EH&S.
g) Where a corrective action that has been implemented is deemed ineffective and, therefore,
unsuccessful, the corrective action(s) must be revised by the Investigation Committee and
implemented. An alternative corrective action measure must be identified to address the
root cause(s).
h) The revised corrective actions must be approved by the chairperson of the Investigation
Committee, and the report must be revised accordingly. The chairperson must provide the
motivation and/or justification for the decision. The previous ineffective corrective actions
must be closed out on SAP EH&S and a new corrective action must be identified and
captured on SAP EH&S.
i) Risk assessment must be done to ensure that any corrective actions that constitute an
improvement does not create an additional risk or increase the existing risk.
j) To ensure the prompt follow-up and close-out of corrective actions from an incident
investigation report, periodic status reports must be provided from SAP EH&S to site
management until all recommendations have been acted on and closed out.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
k) The Statutory Occupational Health and Safety/SHEQ Committee meeting must also track
the corrective actions, target dates and responsible person(s) identified during
investigations and note, in the minutes, the discussion points on the progress made with
the implementation of corrective actions. The minutes must be kept for at least three
years.
l) The OU/BU manager, as the Responsible Manager, is responsible for reviewing/analysing
the recommendations made in the incident investigation report, assigning responsibilities
to the relevant applicable Responsible Managers and providing the necessary resources to
implement the recommendations made, within a reasonable time frame that does not
expose persons to risk for an unnecessarily long period and to prevent recurrence of the
incident.
3.8 Incident Close-Out
a) Close-out is the final step in the incident management process. The action of closing out
an incident signifies that all corrective actions have been effectively implemented and case
studies have been effectively communicated and all relevant documents have been
attached on SAP EH&S.
b) The incident must then be closed out in SAP EH&S as an action.
3.9 Incident Communication
3.9.1 The communication means for occupational health and safety incidents:
a) Initial incident notification reports must be submitted by any individual who is reporting an
incident to the relevant OU/BU Occupational Health and Safety Department. They can be
provided in any format, that is, email, OU/BU flash report, or INO.
b) The SAP EH&S flash report is the formal notification informing all relevant stakeholder/s
(specified in the Action and Responsibility Requirements Table) that an incident has
occurred.
c) Fatality announcement – Sustainability Systems Department will send out an SMS and an
announcement for employee and contractor work-related fatalities. This communication shall
be signed off by the applicable Group Executive.
d) Occupational health and safety preliminary brief – the preliminary brief report must state the
key learning points, which need to be shared in accordance with the Action and
Responsibility Requirements Table in order to create immediate awareness and to prevent
reoccurrence. The Responsible Manager where the incident occurred is responsible for
compiling an incident preliminary brief. Where required, the preliminary brief must be
communicated to the Sustainability Systems Department for further distribution to all
relevant stakeholders.
f) When compiling the preliminary brief, consider the following:
i. The key learning points should be those points that are obvious (not necessarily the
root causes, as they might not be available at the time of communication).
ii. They must only cover a few main points.
iii. Focus on positive points as well.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
iv. Protect individuals by excluding names and places or any other information that could
be sensitive. Where reasonably practicable, use photos that are relevant to the
incident. Be sensitive towards the reader. Do not include any sensitive photos or
information.
v. The OU/BU must ensure that this information is disseminated to all affected and
interested parties who could benefit from the feedback. The OU/BU Responsible
Manager must ensure that the effectiveness of shared key learning points is monitored.
vi. The communication of the preliminary brief should not be delayed by waiting for the
incident investigation outcome/report. Key learning points are, therefore, not findings or
recommendations.
3.9.2 Fatality Presentations to Executive committee
a) Presentations must be made to the applicable executive committee on all employee and
contractor fatalities by the relevant General Manager or delegated senior manager.
b) Any additional and/or amended information provided at the applicable executive committee
must be updated on SAP EH&S and a revised case study must be republished immediately
on the Eskom publication tool, e.g. Hyperwave.
3.9.3 Case studies must be published for the following incidents:
a) For all occupational health and safety incidents rated with a priority rating of moderate, high
and extreme. In the case of near-miss incidents, publish those rated as extreme.
b) Public fatalities and injuries (excluding public crime-related incidents and incidents that
occurred beyond point of supply) publish those with a priority rating of modetate high and
extreme.
c) The case study must be generated and formally communicated within the OU/BU within five
(5) working days after finalising the investigation report (5 days from date of signature).
d) For fatalities, the OU/BU must, within seven working days after the initial presentation of the
incident at the executive committee, compile and forward the case study to Sustainability
Systems, where after it will be communicated Eskom wide. The OU/BU must ensure that all
case studies are published on an Eskom publication site, for example, Hyperwave.
and safety incident management
In addition to the above outlined procedural requirements, non-compliance to any of the
following will be treated as violation of the procedure:
a) If misleading information is deliberately supplied or information is deliberately withheld.
b) If evidence is wilfully withheld, removed, disturbed, tampered with or distributed without the
relevant permission.
c) If a witness or any person involved in the incident investigation process is victimised or
intimidated.
d) If notification of the incident is not given within the specified time frames.
e) If prioritisation of the incident is deliberately or wilfully manipulated to indicate a lower
priority.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
f) If any incident is not fully investigated within the time frames specified.
g) If incidents are deliberately classified wrongfully.
h) If any incident is not recorded.
i) If corrective actions are not implemented within the time frames agreed and captured in
Sap eh&s.
j) If the effectiveness of corrective actions is not assessed within the required time frames.
Note 1: The collection of evidence for the purpose of the disciplinary process must be conducted
separately from the occupational health and safety incident investigation process.
Note 2: The disciplinary process must collect its own evidence.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
This document has been seen and accepted by:
OHS Steering Committee.
Risk and Sustainability Management Committee.
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
Procedure reviewed due to
March 2021 9 M Zondi
request from business.
June 2018 8 M Zondi Inclusion of the Full Time Health
and Safety Representative in OHS
Investigation as committee
members.
October 2017 7 M Zondi Align to current business
requirements, e.g. Management of
Occupational Diseases, review
classification of incidents.
Exclusion of environmental
requirements from the document.
November 2015 6 SN Middel Clarification required as requested by
the Legal Department with regard to
the investigation process into cases of
serious incidents and fatalities in so
far as alignment with the employer
investigation and the corporate
investigation process. To clarify the
corporate investigation process for
incidents where no injuries occurred
or in the case of third party
investigations with serious
consequences for the business.
April 2015 5 SN Middel OHS Steering Committee raised a
concern regarding the practicality of
managing incidents at the operational
level as some of the processes are
complex. This initiated a procedure
review.
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
As per the list below.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
Group/division name group/division name
Human Resources Duke Lebethe
Group Capital Division Ndiaphe Maphanga Division
Group Capital Division Sheryl Isaacs Eskom Rotek Industries Thanduxolo Zulu
Group Capital Division Frans Durand Eskom Rotek Industries Eunice Hamilton
Group Capital Division Althea Stuart Eskom Rotek Industries James Lubisi
Group Capital Division Albert Mogapi Eskom Rotek Industries Joyce Leshiba
Group Capital Division Loraine Smit Assurance and
Forensics Lesley Motshelanoka
Generation Division Marc Lebea Finance Division Theresa Nuthall
Generation Division Bob Phahle Finance Division Sekete Pule
Generation Division Fundisa Dangazele Risk and Sustainability Brenda Njotini
Generation Division Nompilo Dlamini Risk and Sustainability Mara De Kock
Generation Division Tendani Mukhuba Risk and Sustainability Sivendri Govender
Generation Division Happy Sithole Risk and Sustainability Mpapadi Monyela
Generation Division Nkosinathi Makhanya Risk and Sustainability Ntokozo Ngubane
Generation Division Jcp Coetzee Risk and Sustainability Mike Townsend
Transmission Division Refilwe Maswanganyi Risk and Sustainability Miranda Moahlodi
Transmission Division Revive Mkansi Risk and Sustainability Sibongile Masipa
Transmission Division Petrus Motsumi Risk and Sustainability Refilwe Sebothoma
Transmission Division Sifiso Ndlovu Risk and Sustainability Amy Seherie
Transmission Division Pieter Human Risk and Sustainability Sivuyisiwe Mqanto
Distribution Division Paulene Pirthi Executive Support Wandile Katoo
Distribution Division Donald Kekana
Distribution Division Laetitia Smith
Distribution Division Lenny Babulall
Distribution Division Bertie De Jager
Distribution Division Nicholas Sibiya
Distribution Division Silindokuhle Sithebe
Group Commercial Mikateko Chauke
Group Commercial Meisie Sindane
Group IT Pumeza Mabunda
Human Resources Jan Olckers
Division
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Section
Source: 32-95 OHS Incident Management Pocedure Rev 9 - 30 March 2021.pdfcorrective actions (for example, longer-term system-related improvements or evaluations)
approaches occupational health and safety, the environment and quality.
f) Improve the quality of occupational health and safety by learning from incidents, including
Description
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.docSupply, REFURBISHMENT AND DELIVERY of DE-ASHING SYSTEM COMPONENTS at Medupi Power Station
Technical Specifications
Source: NEC_Supply, Refurb & Delivery of De_ashing Components _July 2026.doc (unknown)Supply, REFURBISHMENT AND DELIVERY of DE-ASHING SYSTEM COMPONENTS at Medupi Power Station
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-109253302 _ Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2.docx (unknown)Returnable Documents: Not explicitly listed in the provided document. Refer to the official tender record for submission requirements.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-109253302 _ Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2.docx (unknown)To be eligible for the tender, applicants must have experience in the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components. Applicants must also have a Quality Control Plan in place for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components. Additionally, applicants must comply with statutory and non-statutory regulations.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-109253302 _ Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2.docx (unknown)Scope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for 5 years. Quality Control Plan (QCP) or Inspection Test Plan (ITP) required, including:
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-109253302 _ Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2.docx (unknown)No specific compliance requirements explicitly stated in the provided document.
Description
Source: OHS Specification.pdfProject: Procurement and refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for 5 years. Eskom’s commitment: Ensure a safe working environment aligned with SHEQ Policy and legislative obligations. Contractor obligations: Develop an OHS plan meeting Eskom and legal requirements. Maintain accountability for health and safety execution for all employees and subcontractors. Note: This OHS specification outlines minimum requirements and is not exhaustive.
Contact Information
Source: OHS Specification.pdf (unknown)Eskom Contract’s Manager: Tshimangadzo Tshifhango. Eskom’s OHS Manager: Tendani Mukhuba. Eskom’s Snr Advisor OHS: Sehlare Modiba. Project Address: Medupi Power Station, Steenbokpan Road, Lephalale, 0555.
Technical Specifications
Source: OHS Specification.pdf (unknown)Scope: Supply and delivery of refurbishment of Deashing System Components at Medupi Power Station for a 5-year period. Contractor responsibilities: Develop and implement an OHS plan meeting Eskom and legislative requirements. Maintain accountability for health and safety of all employees and subcontractors. Ensure compliance with Eskom’s SHEQ Policy and applicable laws. Note: Awarded contractor is the Main Contractor; subcontractors are Appointed Contractors.
Quality Management
Source: OHS Specification.pdfNon-Conformance: Implement a non-conformance procedure for transgressions, including quality-related issues. Monitor and close out non-conformance reports strictly. Offenders must explain non-conformance and prevention plans to the project manager. Quality Standards: Adhere to SANS Standards applicable to the project. Ensure all work meets Eskom’s OHS and legal requirements.
Compliance Requirements
Source: OHS Specification.pdf (unknown)Legal Compliance: Sign Section 37(2) OHS Act agreement with Eskom and all subcontractors. Retain original and submit copies to Contract Manager and OHS file. Child Labour: Prohibited per Constitution and Basic Conditions of Employment Act. OHS Act: Maintain up-to-date copy for all employees. COID: Register with compensation commissioner; provide valid Letter of Good Standing (LoG) for contract duration. Legislative Compliance: Adhere to Constitution (Section 24), OHS Act 1993, National Environmental Management Act 1998, Environment Conservation Act 1989, National Water Act 1998, Civil and Building Work Act, National Road Traffic Act, Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, and applicable SANS Standards. B-BBEE: Minimum Level 2 required.
Health & Safety
Source: OHS Specification.pdfOHS Plan: Develop and submit a comprehensive OHS plan addressing hazards, safe work procedures, and risk mitigation. Legal Compliance: Comply with OHS Act, COID, and all referenced legislation. Eskom Requirements: Familiarize all employees with Eskom’s OHS documentation. Life-Saving Rules: Adhere to Eskom’s zero-tolerance life-saving rules, including electrical safety, working at heights, seat belt use, sobriety, permit-to-work, and safe live working. Substance Abuse: Follow Eskom Procedure 32-37; 0% alcohol/drug tolerance; conduct ad hoc testing. First Aid: Appoint trained first aiders (Level 2 minimum); provide first aid boxes as per OHS Act GSR 3. Training: Conduct induction training for all employees and visitors; maintain records. Risk Assessments: Perform and document risk assessments for all tasks and processes. Incident Management: Report incidents using Eskom Flash Report and GAR Annexure 1; investigate root causes. Emergency Management: Familiarize with Eskom’s emergency response plan; conduct periodic drills. PPE: Provide adequate PPE per Eskom Personal Protective Equipment Specification. Medical Assessments: Ensure valid medical fitness certificates for all employees; renew annually. Housekeeping: Maintain high standards; dispose of waste promptly; secure materials to prevent falling objects.
Environmental
Source: OHS Specification.pdfEnvironmental Compliance: Adhere to National Environmental Management Act 1998, Environment Conservation Act 1989, and National Water Act 1998. Waste Management: Store waste temporarily in designated areas awaiting disposal. Prevent pollution or degradation; minimize and rectify environmental harm where unavoidable. Duty of Care: Take reasonable measures to prevent environmental harm as per Eskom’s environmental policies.
Description
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B.docxAnnexure B: Acknowledgement Form for Eskom OHS legal and other requirements.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B.docx (unknown)Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B.docx (unknown)Technical Specifications
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B.docx (unknown)The scope involves the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5-year period. Bidders must comply with:
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B.docx (unknown)Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)Returnable Documents: Not explicitly specified in the provided document. Suppliers must ensure all required forms and method statements are submitted as per the tender/RFQ title and Works Information of the NEC document.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)While specific eligibility criteria are not explicitly stated in the provided document content, applicants should demonstrate: (1) Technical capability in deashing system components procurement and refurbishment; (2) Established quality management systems aligned with customer focus principles; (3) Sufficient human resources with relevant competencies and training programs; (4) Adequate PPE, tools, and equipment for power station work environments; (5) Risk management frameworks; (6) Stakeholder and supplier relationship management capabilities; (7) Familiarity with NEC contract framework. As this is an Eskom tender, suppliers should also be expected to comply with standard South African public procurement requirements including tax compliance, B-BBEE status, and CIDB grading where applicable (though not explicitly stated in the provided content).
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)Scope of Work: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5-year period.
Key Requirements:
Description
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown)Area of Applicability: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd Functional Area: Risk and Sustainability Revision: 3 Total Pages: 9 Next Review Date: August 2025
Important Dates
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"25 August 2020"}
Contact Information
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"y (SADC) region. As","address":"the prevention of work-related injury and ill"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown)Applicants must be eligible to contract with Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and must demonstrate their ability to meet the requirements of the tender, including compliance with relevant laws and regulations
Technical Specifications
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown)Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Registration Number 2002/015527/30, is South Africa’s primary
electricity supplier and is wholly owned by the South African Government. Eskom’s key role is to
assist in lowering the cost of doing business in South Africa, enabling economic growth and
security of supply through providing electricity in an efficient and sustainable manner, including its
generation, transmission and distribution, while ensuring that this is done within acceptable
benchmark standards.
Eskom generates and distributes approximately 95% of the electricity used in South Africa and
approximately 40% of the electricity used on the rest of the African continent. Approximately 90%
of Eskom’s production is coming from coal.
Eskom aims to comply with the legislation, policies, conditions and requirements of key
government stakeholders, including spheres of government.
Eskom is currently moving away from operating as a vertically integrated company that supplies
electricity to South Africa and the Southern African Development Community (SADC) region. As
the main provider of generation, transmission and distribution capacity in South Africa, Eskom
supplies electricity to industrial, mining, commercial, agricultural and residential customers, as well
as to redistributors.
In doing so, Eskom’s mission is to provide sustainable electricity solutions to grow the economy
and improve the quality of life of the people in South Africa and in the region.
Eskom is committed to safety, health, the environment and quality principles to ensure that no
operating condition or urgency of service justifies exposing anyone to negative risks arising out of
Eskom’s business, causing an incident with health, safety, environmental and quality
consequences.
This Safety, Health, Environment & Quality (SHEQ) Policy governs principles and rules to fulfil
Eskom’s commitment to people, the environment and quality.
Eskom’s operations are underpinned by the organisation’s vision, mission and values.
Vision
Sustainable power for a better future
Mission
To provide sustainable electricity solutions to grow the economy and improve the quality of life of the people in
South Africa and in the region
Eskom will strive to ensure that zero harm befalls its employees, contractors, the
Zero harm
public and the natural environment
Integrity Honesty of purpose, conduct and discipline in actions, and respect for people
Value-adding creativity and results oriented. Lead through excellence and
Innovation
innovation
Sinobuntu Caring
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
A commitment to meet and strive to exceed the needs of the receivers of products
Customer satisfaction
and services
Excellence Acknowledged by all for exceptional standards, performance and professionals
The SHEQ Policy and its implementation aims to ensure commitment to the Eskom vision, values
and the sustainability principles. Zero Harm means ensuring that the Eskom operational activities
do not inflict harm on Eskom’s assets, its employees, contractors and members of the public
affected by its operations, and the environment in terms of compliance obligations. Zero Harm is a
value, which the organisation will strive towards by operating within its compliance obligations/legal
and other requirements, continual improvement against set intended outcomes and reduction of its
environmental footprint by avoiding incidents and minimising environmental degradation. The
SHEQ Policy also aims to achieve Zero Defects.
The implementation of this policy will be in line with the abovementioned values, which underpin
the way Eskom operates.
2.1 Policy statement
Eskom will integrate and/or incorporate safety, health, environment and quality requirements
through the plan-do-check-act (PDCA) quality cycle in its activities so that decisions made ensure
the consideration of economic development, environmental duty of care, and social equity to
continually improve performance and achieve stakeholder requirements.
Eskom’s commitment to safety, health, environment, and quality management is achieved through:
14001, and ISO 45001/OHSAS 18001 requirements;
Eskom subscribes and sets to meet the intent of this policy;
health, as well as the provision of safe and healthy workplaces and activities;
stakeholders;
measuring performance against these to ensure continual improvement;
assessment, fitness for duty assessments, emergency preparedness responses, response to
emerging outbreaks, pandemic or epidemic disasters and medical surveillances) for the
opportunity for improvement within the SHEQ management systems;
conducting safety, health, environment and quality training and creating employee awareness;
engaging interested parties and stakeholders by promoting open communication and
engagement that is safety, health, environment and quality purpose-driven;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
safety, health, environment and quality requirements;
management;
supporting the establishment and functioning of quality, health and safety committees;
proactively managing Eskom’s environmental footprint, minimising pollution and environmental
degradation, pursuing a low-carbon future, and prioritising energy and water efficiency and
conservation within and outside Eskom including transitioning to a cleaner energy mix;
SHEQ requirements;
mitigation and adaptation, and protection of biodiversity, ecosystems and the prevention of
pollution and degradation
performance;
systems.
2.2 Policy principles or rules
Eskom’s principles and rules that underpin the way in which it approaches safety, health,
environment and quality are as follows:
preventable.
SHEQ performance is achieved through a Zero Harm culture.
Management is accountable for setting safety, health, environment and quality policy and
every employee is expected to ensure implementation and compliance within the scope of
their duties.
Conducting business with respect and care for people, the environment and assets.
Eskom strives to ensure that Zero Harm befalls its employees, contractors, the public and the
environment:
o Zero fatalities
o Zero injuries, ill-health
o Zero environmental incidents
o Zero tolerance
o Zero defects
contractors and visitors:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
o Open, isolate, test, earth, bond, and/or insulate before touch
o Hook up at heights
o Buckle up
o Be sober
o Permit to work
arising out of Eskom’s business, causing an incident with health, safety, environmental and
quality consequences.
and quality intended outcomes and criteria in line with Eskom values, and promote efficiency.
3.1 Scope
This policy document sets out Eskom’s approach to safety, health, environment and quality across
the Eskom Group.
3.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to set the commitment for safety, health, environment and quality
management within Eskom and to ensure uniformity across the organisation.
3.1.2 Applicability
This policy shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd divisions, subsidiaries, and entities in
which Eskom has a controlling interest or influence.
3.1.3 Effective date
Implementation of this policy shall be monitored after one month from the date of authorisation and
communication.
3.2 Normative/Informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
3.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems - Requirements
[2] Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Act, No.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
[3] National Environmental Management Act, No.
[4] Occupational Health and Safety Act, No.
[5] Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, No.
[6] Mines Health and Safety Act, No.
[7] 240-62196227 Life-saving Rules standard
[8] 32-716 Internal OHS Communications Standard
[9] 240-62582234 OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments
[10] ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems – Requirements with guidance for use
[11] OHSAS 18001: Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems – Requirements
[12] ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standard — Requirements
with guidance for use
3.2.2 Informative
[1] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[2] Health and Safety Agreement between Eskom and Organised Labour
[3] 240-77569976 Eskom Climate Change Policy
[4] ISO 9004 Managing for the Sustained Success of an Organisation – A Quality Management
Methodology
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf3.3 Definitions
3.3.1 Accident: Any unplanned event, arising out of and in the course of, an Eskom or contractor
employee’s employment and resulting in personal injury, ill-health, or death of the
employee, including damage and/or environmental pollution or degradation, as well as
death of, or injury to, any member of the public.
3.3.2 Consultation: seeking views before making a decision
3.3.3 Continual improvement: Recurring activity to increase the ability to fulfil requirements.
3.3.4 Contractor: (Also referred to as mandatory as per section 1 of the OHS Act): Any employer
formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by Eskom and who performs work and supplies a
service, product, equipment or material for the purposes of advancing Eskom’s business or
other interests is classified as a contractor. This includes Eskom board members, personal
contractors (that is, consultants) and third-party contractors (that is, vendors, suppliers,
agents, joint ventures, principal contractors and subcontractors).
3.3.5 Environment: The surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of:
i. the land, water, and atmosphere of the earth;
ii. micro-organisms and plant and animal life;
iii. any part or combination of (i) and (ii) and the interrelationships among and between
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
them; and
iv. the physical, chemical, aesthetic, and cultural properties and conditions of the
foregoing that influence human health and well-being.
3.3.6 Eskom: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd.
3.3.7 Incident: Any unplanned event that could or does result in harm, injury and ill-health,
damage, and/or environmental pollution or degradation or gives rise to an accident or has
the potential to lead to an accident.
3.3.8 Interested and affected party: person or organisation that can affect, be affected by, or
perceive itself to be affected by a decision or activity.
3.3.9 Occupational health and safety: Deals with the prevention of occupational injuries and
diseases as well as the protection, promotion and maintenance of the health of all
employees and other workers (including temporary workers and contractors). It includes
occupational hygiene, occupational safety, occupational medicine, occupational nursing, fire
safety, public safety and emergency preparedness.
3.3.10 Participation: involvement in decision-making.
3.3.11 Quality: The quality of something can be determined by comparing a set of inherent
characteristics with a set of requirements. If those inherent characteristics meet all
requirements, high or excellent quality is achieved. If those characteristics do not meet all
requirements, a low or poor level of quality is achieved.
3.3.12 Zero defects: Zero defects are aimed at the reduction of defects through prevention. It is
directed at motivating people to prevent mistakes by developing a constant, conscious
desire to do their job right the first time.
3.3.13 Zero Harm: The prevention of harm to people and the environment brought about through
visible and felt leadership, including the implementation of effective controls and practices.
3.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
EDC Eskom Documentation Centre
EXCO Executive Management Committee
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
LTD Limited
PDCA Plan, Do, Check, Act
SHEQ Safety, health, environment, and quality
SOC State-owned Company
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
3.5 Roles and responsibilities
3.5.1 Eskom’s Leadership is accountable for leading the practices and processes needed to
control and manage safety, health, environment and quality risks, opportunities and impacts
as an integral part of Eskom’s operations.
3.5.2 Eskom’s employees are responsible for understanding and incorporating safety, health,
environment and quality into daily work activities.
3.5.3 Eskom’s contractors are responsible for meeting applicable safety, health, environment and
quality compliance obligations and organisational requirements.
3.6 Process for monitoring
Application of this policy throughout Eskom shall be audited as per the audit schedule.
This document has been seen and accepted by the Risk and Sustainability Management
Committee and noted by Exco.
Date Rev. Remarks
Align to the requirements of the latest ISO 9001, ISO
August 2020 3 14001 and ISO 45001 standards and new business
Quality Management
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdffollowing paragraphs.
3.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems - Requirements
[2] Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Act, No.
Align to the requirements of the latest ISO 9001, ISO
August 2020 3 14001 and ISO 45001 standards and new business
requirements
Update of policy based on: revised ISO 9001 and 14001
standards; change in Eskom’s registration name;
August 2016 2 changed to refer to other standards as may be applicable;
aligned to Corporate Plan; and the appointment of a new
Pricing Schedule
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdfthe way Eskom operates.
Compliance Requirements
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdf (unknown)Update of policy based on: revised ISO 9001 and 14001 standards; change in Eskom’s registration name; August 2016 2 changed to refer to other standards as may be applicable; aligned to Corporate Plan; and the appointment of a new Group Chief Executive. Update of policy based on revision date, while taking into August 2013 1 account Eskom’s strategic imperatives, changed structure and additional Eskom values. This policy supersedes 32-94 and 32-7 SHE and Quality Policies. The contents of both policies were revised and August 2010 0 incorporated into one policy, which was reallocated the reference number 32-727 in accordance with the Eskom Documentation Centre (EDC) requirements.
Development team The policy was reviewed by the Risk and Sustainability Division with inputs from the divisions across the organisation.
Acknowledgements None. CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Health & Safety
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdfTitle: Safety, Health, Environment, Document Identifier: 32-727
and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
and SustainabilitySustainability Systems Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
(Acting)
Date: 25 August 2020 Date: 25 August 2020 Date: 25 August 2020
EDC TLN Formatted 24.08.2020/TN updated 25/08/2020 Policy Directive
Template 32-2 Revision 7
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Registration Number 2002/015527/30, is South Africa’s primary
electricity supplier and is wholly owned by the South African Government. Eskom’s key role is to
assist in lowering the cost of doing business in South Africa, enabling economic growth and
security of supply through providing electricity in an efficient and sustainable manner, including its
generation, transmission and distribution, while ensuring that this is done within acceptable
benchmark standards.
Eskom generates and distributes approximately 95% of the electricity used in South Africa and
approximately 40% of the electricity used on the rest of the African continent. Approximately 90%
of Eskom’s production is coming from coal.
operating condition or urgency of service justifies exposing anyone to negative risks arising out of
Eskom’s business, causing an incident with health, safety, environmental and quality
consequences.
This Safety, Health, Environment & Quality (SHEQ) Policy governs principles and rules to fulfil
Eskom’s commitment to people, the environment and quality.
Eskom’s operations are underpinned by the organisation’s vision, mission and values.
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
through the plan-do-check-act (PDCA) quality cycle in its activities so that decisions made ensure
the consideration of economic development, environmental duty of care, and social equity to
continually improve performance and achieve stakeholder requirements.
Eskom’s commitment to safety, health, environment, and quality management is achieved through:
14001, and ISO 45001/OHSAS 18001 requirements;
Eskom subscribes and sets to meet the intent of this policy;
health, as well as the provision of safe and healthy workplaces and activities;
stakeholders;
measuring performance against these to ensure continual improvement;
assessment, fitness for duty assessments, emergency preparedness responses, response to
emerging outbreaks, pandemic or epidemic disasters and medical surveillances) for the
opportunity for improvement within the SHEQ management systems;
conducting safety, health, environment and quality training and creating employee awareness;
engaging interested parties and stakeholders by promoting open communication and
engagement that is safety, health, environment and quality purpose-driven;
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
safety, health, environment and quality requirements;
management;
supporting the establishment and functioning of quality, health and safety committees;
proactively managing Eskom’s environmental footprint, minimising pollution and environmental
degradation, pursuing a low-carbon future, and prioritising energy and water efficiency and
conservation within and outside Eskom including transitioning to a cleaner energy mix;
SHEQ requirements;
mitigation and adaptation, and protection of biodiversity, ecosystems and the prevention of
pollution and degradation
performance;
systems.
2.2 Policy principles or rules
Eskom’s principles and rules that underpin the way in which it approaches safety, health,
environment and quality are as follows:
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
o Open, isolate, test, earth, bond, and/or insulate before touch
o Hook up at heights
o Buckle up
o Be sober
o Permit to work
arising out of Eskom’s business, causing an incident with health, safety, environmental and
quality consequences.
3.1 Scope
This policy document sets out Eskom’s approach to safety, health, environment and quality across
the Eskom Group.
3.1.1 Purpose
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
[3] National Environmental Management Act, No.
[4] Occupational Health and Safety Act, No.
[5] Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, No.
[6] Mines Health and Safety Act, No.
[7] 240-62196227 Life-saving Rules standard
[8] 32-716 Internal OHS Communications Standard
[9] 240-62582234 OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments
[10] ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems – Requirements with guidance for use
[11] OHSAS 18001: Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems – Requirements
[12] ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standard — Requirements
with guidance for use
3.2.2 Informative
[1] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[2] Health and Safety Agreement between Eskom and Organised Labour
[3] 240-77569976 Eskom Climate Change Policy
[4] ISO 9004 Managing for the Sustained Success of an Organisation – A Quality Management
Approach
3.3 Definitions
3.3.1 Accident: Any unplanned event, arising out of and in the course of, an Eskom or contractor
employee’s employment and resulting in personal injury, ill-health, or death of the
employee, including damage and/or environmental pollution or degradation, as well as
death of, or injury to, any member of the public.
3.3.2 Consultation: seeking views before making a decision
3.3.3 Continual improvement: Recurring activity to increase the ability to fulfil requirements.
3.3.4 Contractor: (Also referred to as mandatory as per section 1 of the OHS Act): Any employer
formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by Eskom and who performs work and supplies a
service, product, equipment or material for the purposes of advancing Eskom’s business or
other interests is classified as a contractor. This includes Eskom board members, personal
contractors (that is, consultants) and third-party contractors (that is, vendors, suppliers,
agents, joint ventures, principal contractors and subcontractors).
3.3.5 Environment: The surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of:
i. the land, water, and atmosphere of the earth;
ii. micro-organisms and plant and animal life;
iii. any part or combination of (i) and (ii) and the interrelationships among and between
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
them; and
iv. the physical, chemical, aesthetic, and cultural properties and conditions of the
foregoing that influence human health and well-being.
3.3.6 Eskom: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd.
3.3.7 Incident: Any unplanned event that could or does result in harm, injury and ill-health,
damage, and/or environmental pollution or degradation or gives rise to an accident or has
the potential to lead to an accident.
3.3.8 Interested and affected party: person or organisation that can affect, be affected by, or
perceive itself to be affected by a decision or activity.
3.3.9 Occupational health and safety: Deals with the prevention of occupational injuries and
diseases as well as the protection, promotion and maintenance of the health of all
employees and other workers (including temporary workers and contractors). It includes
occupational hygiene, occupational safety, occupational medicine, occupational nursing, fire
safety, public safety and emergency preparedness.
3.3.10 Participation: involvement in decision-making.
3.3.11 Quality: The quality of something can be determined by comparing a set of inherent
characteristics with a set of requirements. If those inherent characteristics meet all
requirements, high or excellent quality is achieved. If those characteristics do not meet all
requirements, a low or poor level of quality is achieved.
3.3.12 Zero defects: Zero defects are aimed at the reduction of defects through prevention. It is
directed at motivating people to prevent mistakes by developing a constant, conscious
desire to do their job right the first time.
3.3.13 Zero Harm: The prevention of harm to people and the environment brought about through
visible and felt leadership, including the implementation of effective controls and practices.
3.4 Abbreviations
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Policy Revision: 3
Page:
3.5 Roles and responsibilities
3.5.1 Eskom’s Leadership is accountable for leading the practices and processes needed to
control and manage safety, health, environment and quality risks, opportunities and impacts
as an integral part of Eskom’s operations.
3.5.2 Eskom’s employees are responsible for understanding and incorporating safety, health,
environment and quality into daily work activities.
3.5.3 Eskom’s contractors are responsible for meeting applicable safety, health, environment and
quality compliance obligations and organisational requirements.
3.6 Process for monitoring
August 2013 1 account Eskom’s strategic imperatives, changed structure
and additional Eskom values.
This policy supersedes 32-94 and 32-7 SHE and Quality
Section
Source: ESKOM SHEQ POLICY - (Doc 32-727 Rev 3).pdfand Quality (SHEQ) Policy
Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Unique Identifier: 32-727
Submission Guidelines
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf (unknown)Returnable Documents: Quality Management system Provision of a valid Iso 9001 Certificate is mandatory Deashing system is a critical component of the boiler which require competent persons. This component is critical and if not maintained properly and within industry quality standards it can lead to erosion of the ducting and the gas air heater eventually impacting the EAF. CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411 Deashing system Revision: 3 Page: NB: The Tenderer shall make these resources available during the execution of the Works. The resources submitted under mandatory shall be shown in the organogram. If the Tenderer changes the resource, the new candidate shall meet the requirement as stipulated in this strategy. Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria Score (%) Definition 5 100 COMPLIANT Meet technical requirement(s) AND; No foreseen technical risk(s) in meeting technical requirements. 4 80 COMPLIANT WITH ASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS Meet technical requirement(s) with; Acceptable technical risk(s) AND/OR; Acceptable exceptions AND/OR; Acceptable conditions. 2 40 NON-COMPLIANT Does not meet technical requirement(s) AND/OR; Unacceptable technical risk(s) AND/OR; Unacceptable exceptions AND/OR; Unacceptable conditions. 0 0 TOTALLY DEFICIENT OR NON-RESPONSIVE Note 1: The scoring table does not allow for scoring of 1 and 3. Note 2: Foreseen acceptable and unacceptable risk(s), exceptions and conditions shall be unambiguously defined in the relevant Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy. Note 3:The other points will either score 0 or 5 with no scoring in between the min and maximum value CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411 Deashing system Revision: 3 Page: Table 4: Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria Minimum score of 80% to be attained (Mandatory score) Qualitative Technical Criteria Reference to Technical Specification / Tender Criteria Weighting Criteria Sub Description Returnable Weighting (%) 1 Supplier experience and capabilities 30, 1. Company organogram which The organogram should reflect the company structure 50% shows all the resources in line including the resources for this scope Authorised Letter or 100% = 15 with the scope of work relevant documentation No Authorised Letter or 0% = 0 relevant documentation 1.2 Proof of experience on Relevant documentation for proving supplier 50% maintenance/ experience i.e., maintenance, supply contract, More than 2 references 100% =1 5 refurbishment/supply Reference letter, delivery note Purchase order etc. Less than 2 references 0% = 0 2 Technical requirements 50 2.1 Data sheets for all the spares
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf (unknown)Suppliers must:
Technical Specifications
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf (unknown)The reliability and availability of the Boiler Plant in general, is a concern for Medupi Power station due to
unplanned downtime of the deashing system, and it has contributed too many production losses which
affects the Energy Availability Factor (EAF) of the power station. Initiatives to improve the reliability and
availability of the deashing plant amongst others includes, placing contracts to ensure availability and
reliability of the deashing system at the Medupi Power Station. The deashing system's main components
are rotary feeders, a hydrovac, a slurry conveyer (launder), and heavy-duty slurry pumps. The rotary
feeders are located under the ash hoppers. The Rotary Feeder's function is to control the ash flowrate into
the hydrovac system. The Hydrovac combines the ash and water and discharges the mixture into a
launder. The launder then coveys the slurry into the Submerged Scrapper Conveyor (SSC). The heavyduty slurry pumps are used to increase the pressure of the makeup water and supply it to the hydrovac.
2.1 Scope
The document describes the acceptable and unacceptable risks and qualifications and /or conditions.
The Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy will define the following technical evaluation criteria:
▪ Mandatory Evaluation criteria
▪ Qualitative Evaluation criteria
▪ TET Member Responsibilities
▪ Acceptable/Unacceptable Qualifications
No changes will be permitted to be made to the evaluation criteria once the Technical Evaluation Strategy
is approved by the relevant Engineering Group Manager.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this tender technical evaluation strategy is to define the Mandatory Evaluation Criteria, Qualitative
Evaluation Criteria and TET member responsibilities for tender technical evaluation. The technical evaluation strategy
serves as basis for the tender technical evaluation process.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply to Medupi Power Station.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-168966153: Generation Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure
[2] Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure (32-1034)
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[4] Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Policy (32-1033)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
Deashing system Revision: 3
Page:
2.3 Definitions
Definition Description
A tender refers to an open or closed competitive request for
Tender quotations/ prices against a clearly defined scope/
specification.
Kraftwerk Kennzeichen System is a process plant
designation system used to identify and classify equipment
KKS and components in process plant. In power plant planning and
design, project construction and management of the process,
it is used to provide for clear plant identification.
2.3.1 Classification
Controlled Disclosure: Controlled Disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
EAF Energy Availability Factor
CV Curriculum Vitae
ECSA Engineering Council of South Africa
QCP Quality Control Plan
PrTech Eng Professional Engineering Technologist
PrEng Professional Engineer
TET Technical Evaluation Team
SOW Scope of Work
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
As per 240-168966153: Generation Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure for Generation
2.6 Process for monitoring
N/a
2.7 Related/supporting documents
N/a
3.1 Technical evaluation threshold
Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria (gatekeepers) are ‘must meet’ criteria. These criteria shall not be
weighted, or point scored but shall be assessed on a Yes/No basis as to whether or not the criteria are
met. An assessment of ‘No’ against any criterion shall technically disqualify the tenderer and shall not be
further evaluated against Qualitative Criteria.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
Deashing system Revision: 3
Page:
Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria are weighted evaluation criteria used to identify the highest
technically ranked tenderer after determining that all the Mandatory Evaluation Criteria have been met.
The Qualitative Evaluation Criteria are weighted to reflect the relevant importance of each criterion. The
minimum weighted final score (threshold) required for a tender to be considered from a technical
perspective is 80%.
Table 1: Technical Scoring Methodology
Score percentage (%) description
Compliant
5 100
Methodology
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdfTable 1: Technical Scoring Methodology ..................................................................................................................... 5
Table 2: TET Members ................................................................................................................................................. 6
Table 3: Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria ........................................................................................................ 7
Table 4: Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria ........................................................................................................ 9
Table 5: TET Member Responsibilities ....................................................................................................................... 12
Table 6: Acceptable Technical Risks .......................................................................................................................... 13
Table 7: Unacceptable Technical Risks ..................................................................................................................... 13
Table 8: Acceptable Technical Exceptions / Conditions ............................................................................................. 13
Table 9: Unacceptable Technical Exceptions / Conditions ........................................................................................ 13
minimum weighted final score (threshold) required for a tender to be considered from a technical
perspective is 80%.
Table 1: Technical Scoring Methodology
Score percentage (%) description
Experience & Qualifications
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf▪ Mandatory Evaluation criteria
▪ Qualitative Evaluation criteria
▪ TET Member Responsibilities
▪ Acceptable/Unacceptable Qualifications
Score (%) Definition
5 100 compliant
Meet technical requirement(s) AND;
No foreseen technical risk(s) in meeting technical requirements.
4 80 compliant with associated qualifications
Meet technical requirement(s) with;
Acceptable technical risk(s) AND/OR;
Acceptable exceptions AND/OR;
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
Deashing system Revision: 3
Page:
3.5 Foreseen acceptable / unacceptable qualifications
3.5.1 Risks
Table 6: Acceptable Technical Risks
Quality Management
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdfparagraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-168966153: Generation Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure
[2] Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure (32-1034)
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[4] Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Policy (32-1033)
Returnable
boiler which require competent persons. This
component is critical and if not maintained properly
and within industry quality standards it can lead to
erosion of the ducting and the gas air heater
eventually impacting the EAF.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
Deashing system Revision: 3
Page:
2.2 Method statement of
refurbishment of the pumps to refurbish the rotary feeder and pumps
Correct method 100%=15 and rotary feeder as per the
statement SOW
No/inadequate method 0%=0
statement
2.3 QCP for the Refurbishment of
the rotary feeder as per the
Correct QCP 100%=5 SOW
No/inadequate QCP 0%=0
2.4 QCP for the Refurbishment of
the pumps as per the SOW
Correct QCP 100%=5
No/inadequate QCP 0%=0
Workshop where the refurbishment Proof of workshop ownership /lease agreement of the 10 100%
will take place facility where refurbishment will take place
ownership/lease
agreement for workshop
ownership
No Submission of 0% = 0
relevant documents
about the scope of work. trade test) CV, Relevant 100% = 10
Compliance Requirements
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdf (unknown)Compliant with associated qualifications
Meet the technical requirement(s) with, 4 80
Acceptable exceptions AND/OR;
Acceptable conditions NON-COMPLIANT
Does not meet the technical requirement(s) AND/OR 2 40 Unacceptable technical risk(s) AND/OR;
Unacceptable exceptions AND/OR;
Unacceptable conditions 0 0 TOTALLY DEFICIENT/NON-RESPONSIVE CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411 Deashing system Revision: 3 Page: 3.2 TET MEMBERS Table 2: TET Members TET number TET Member Name Designation TET 1 Tau Ledwaba Snr Technician Maintenance TET 2 Itumeleng Maja Snr Supervisor Tech Maintenance TET 3 Chrisprior Madonsela Snr Engineer TET 4 Bernard Matanda Boiler Engineering Manager CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411 Deashing system Revision: 3 Page: 3.3 MANDATORY TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA Table 3 defines all Mandatory Evaluation Criteria to be used as well as reference to specification and motivation for Criteria use Table 3: Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria Mandatory Technical Criteria Description Reference to Technical Specification / Tender Motivation for use of Criteria
Health & Safety
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdfMedupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
Deashing system Revision: 3
Page:
Contents . Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope .............................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Purpose ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.2 Applicability................................................................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Normative/informative references .................................................................................................. 3
2.2.1 Normative .................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative ................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions .................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 Classification ............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.4 Abbreviations .............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................... 4
2.6 Process for monitoring ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.7 Related/supporting documents ......................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Technical evaluation threshold ....................................................................................................... 4
3.2 Tet members ................................................................................................................................................. 6
3.3 Mandatory technical evaluation criteria .................................................................................... 7
3.4 Tet member responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 12
3.5 Foreseen acceptable / unacceptable qualifications............................................................. 13
3.5.1 Risks ........................................................................................................................................................ 13
3.5.2 Exceptions / Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 13
Authorisation .................................................................................................................................................. 15
Revisions ............................................................................................................................................................ 15
Development team ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Acknowledgements ...................................................................................................................................... 15
Appendix a: ......................................................................................................................................................... 16
(%)
1 Supplier experience and capabilities 30
shows all the resources in line including the resources for this scope
Authorised Letter or 100% = 15 with the scope of work
relevant documentation
No Authorised Letter or 0% = 0
relevant documentation
1.2 Proof of experience on Relevant documentation for proving supplier 50%
maintenance/ experience i.e., maintenance, supply contract,
More than 2 references 100% =1 5
refurbishment/supply Reference letter, delivery note Purchase order etc.
Less than 2 references 0% = 0
2 Technical requirements 50
2.1 Data sheets for all the spares
specifications/Certificates/Operational
Data sheets with relevant 100% = 25 manuals/Drawings.
and correct
documentation for all
No Data sheets with 0% = 0
relevant documentation
for all or partial Spares
Section
Source: 241-2022882 Medupi Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system signed.pdfEvaluation Strategy for
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Deashing system.
Medupi Power Station Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: 241-20221411
es for tender technical evaluation. The technical evaluation strategy
serves as basis for the tender technical evaluation process.
[1] 240-168966153: Generation Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure
[3] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
QCP Quality Control Plan
TET Technical Evaluation Team
As per 240-168966153: Generation Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure for Generation
3.1 Technical evaluation threshold
Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria (gatekeepers) are ‘must meet’ criteria. These criteria shall not be
weighted, or point scored but shall be assessed on a Yes/No basis as to whether or not the criteria are
Description
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdf (unknown)Medupi Power Station Scope of work – Procurement and Refurbishment of Deashing system components
Important Dates
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"27 July 2026"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdf (unknown)Compliance
Must meet ISO 9001 and Eskom's quality standards (240-105658000).
Capacity
Capability and capacity assessment (Category 3) is required for main and sub-suppliers.
Technical
Technical ability to procure/refurbish deashing system components for Medupi Power Station.
Legal
Must adhere to Eskom's rights for access, information, and audits.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdf (unknown)componentsSECTION (TENDERER)
Clauses of 240- clause description indicate with an
105658000 (x) as applicable
Specification or (-) if not
Applicable
Pre-contract award quality requirements x
(*Select Only Applicable Category). NB: Not more than one category must be selected. Also indicate
whether site assessment is applicable.
Category 1 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Category 2 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Category 3 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) 3
Category 4 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment (refer to clause 3.-105658000) -
3 post-contract award(eskom)
Methodology
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdfCLAUSE 4 Context of the Organisation X PRINCIPLE 1 Customer focus X
CLAUSE 5 Leadership X PRINCIPLE 2 Leadership X
CLAUSE 6 Planning X PRINCIPLE 3 Engagement of people X(ESKOM)
C CLAUSE 7 Support X PRINCIPLE 4 Process approach X
CLAUSE 8 Operation X PRINCIPLE 5 Improvement X
CLAUSE 9 Evidence based decision
Performance Evaluations X PRINCIPLE 6 XSECTION making
CLAUSE 10 Improvement X PRINCIPLE 7 Relationship Management X
Quality Management
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdfAuthorisation Date January 2022
240-105658000 and
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ISO 9001 Review Date January 2027
Eskom Rights of Access (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Eskom Rights to Information (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Preservation (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Quality Audits Related Conditions (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom (refer to clause 3.8.-
Special processes (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) x
Clauses of iso iso 9001 standard indicate with an quality iso 9001 standard indicate with an
9001 standard clause description (x) as applicable principles principle description (x) as applicable
Or (-) if not or (-) if not
Authorisation Date January 2022
240-105658000 and
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ISO 9001 Review Date January 2027
NB: The tenderer must complete and sign this form to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240-
105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard.
Section
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 3_ Ash.pdfArd indicate with an quality iso 9001 standard indicate with an
Performance Evaluations X PRINCIPLE 6 XSECTION making
ESKOM’S QUALITY Lucy Matini Integrated Business 27 July 2026
TENDER & CONTRACT QUALITY Document Identifier 240-68099512 Rev 9
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ISO 9001 Review Date January 2027
NB: The tenderer must complete and sign this form to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240
Pre-contract award quality requirements x
B Contract Execution (refer to clause 3.7.-105658000) X CLAUSE Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase (refer to clause 3.7.-105658000) X
Quality Audits Related Conditions (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Clauses of iso iso 9001 standard indicate with an quality iso 9001 standard indicate with an
Important Dates
Source: Safety_ Life Saving Rule poster 1.pdf (unknown)Closing time: 10:00 AM (as per tender record).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Safety_ Life Saving Rule poster 1.pdf (unknown)Safety Certifications
Must have valid certifications and training records for electrical work, fall protection, and other high-risk tasks as per Eskom’s standards.
Experience
Proven track record in similar projects, particularly in power stations or industrial environments.
Compliance History
No prior violations of safety or environmental regulations; adherence to ZeroHarm principles is critical.
Legal And Financial Standing
Applicants must meet Eskom’s financial and legal eligibility requirements, including tax compliance and business registration.
Permit To Work Systems
Must have established permit-to-work systems and procedures in place.
Environmental
Source: Safety_ Life Saving Rule poster 1.pdfEnvironmental commitment: Zero environmental incidents. All work must align with Eskom’s ZeroHarm policy, including adherence to Permit to Work (PTW) requirements.
Description
Source: 240-109253698 CQP Template 2021.docxPurpose: The Contract Quality Plan (CQP) template guides suppliers in planning to meet Eskom’s quality management expectations for the procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station. Scope: 5-year contract for deashing system components. Standards: Aligns with SANS 466:2005 / ISO 10005:2005 for quality plans.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-109253698 CQP Template 2021.docx (unknown)Returnable Documents: Submit a completed Contract Quality Plan (CQP) as per the provided template. Include all required sections such as scope of work, organogram, interfacing documents, supplier/sub-supplier lists, monitoring processes, QCP/ITP indexes, special controls, documented information, records management, non-conformance processes, databook management, tool/equipment management, customer property handling, product preservation, identification/traceability, and commissioning/post-delivery activities.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-109253698 CQP Template 2021.docx (unknown)Technical
Must demonstrate **experience in deashing systems, refurbishment, and procurement** for power stations or similar industrial environments.
Quality Systems
Must have a **certified Quality Management System (QMS)** (e.g., ISO 9001) and the ability to align with Eskom’s QA/QC standards.
Capacity
Proven **financial and operational capacity** to execute a 5-year contract, including supply chain management for materials/components.
Compliance
Compliance with **South African regulatory requirements** (e.g., OHSA, environmental standards) and Eskom’s internal policies.
Sub Supplier Approval
Sub-suppliers/subcontractors must meet **Eskom’s technical and quality criteria** and be pre-approved where necessary.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-109253698 CQP Template 2021.docx (unknown)Scope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station over 5 years. Quality Management: Must align with SANS 466:2005 / ISO 10005:2005 standards. Key Deliverables:
Description
Source: 20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.docThe tender document requires bidders to indicate responses by placing an "X" in the appropriate column for each question in the Labour Taxation Questionnaire.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.doc (unknown)Bidders must complete and return the Labour Taxation Questionnaire (Appendix H) as a returnable document.\n- Provide vendor name, vendor number, registration number, VAT registration number, and PAYE registration number.\n- Answer each question by marking the appropriate column with an "X".\n- Complete the representative particulars section: full name, capacity, contact number, signature, and date.\n- Submit the completed questionnaire according to Eskom's submission process (as specified elsewhere in the tender).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.doc (unknown)Technical Specifications
Source: 20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.doc (unknown)Bidders must answer a series of questions regarding their labour taxation status and relationship with Eskom.\n- Indicate whether they receive payment for providing labour or a "person" to Eskom.\n- If yes, state whether they are a labour broker.\n- If a labour broker, provide a valid, original or certified copy of an IRP30 for the current tax year within 30 days.\n- Indicate whether services are rendered through a company, close corporation, or trust.\n- Disclose whether any services are provided personally by connected persons (shareholders, members, beneficiaries, relatives).\n- State whether they employ four or more full-time employees (excluding shareholders, members, beneficiaries, relatives).\n- Indicate whether they receive any training supplied or paid for by Eskom; if yes, specify nature and extent.\n- State whether they are free to choose tools, equipment, staff, raw materials, routines, patents, and technology for performing duties.\n- Disclose whether they use any tools or equipment supplied or paid for by Eskom; if yes, specify nature.\n- Indicate whether they anticipate receiving more than 80% of their income from services relating to Eskom during the financial year.\n- State whether Eskom controls or prescribes their hours of work.\n- Disclose whether they are controlled or supervised in any way by Eskom; if yes, describe the nature.\n- Indicate whether the contract contains any elements of an employment contract (job titles, reporting structure, fixed working hours, employment benefits, performance bonuses).\n- Indicate whether the contract contains any clause enabling payment even if no work is done.\n- Disclose whether they have ever been classified as a labour broker or personal services company by SARS or any other client.\n- If previously classified, describe any changes that affect that classification.\n- Complete the representative particulars section with full name, capacity, contact number, signature, and date.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 20210603_communication_Labour Taxation Questionnaire.doc (unknown)Bidders must meet the following compliance requirements derived from the Labour Taxation Questionnaire:\n- Hold a valid PAYE registration number.\n- Hold a valid VAT registration number.\n- If operating as a labour broker, possess a valid, original or certified copy of an IRP30 for the current tax year, to be provided within 30 days of request.\n- Ensure that the arrangement does not create an employment relationship: Eskom must not control or prescribe hours of work, nor supervise or control the bidder in a manner that would constitute an employment contract.\n- The contract must not contain clauses typical of employment (job titles, reporting structure, fixed hours, benefits, bonuses) nor clauses enabling payment for no work performed.\n- Disclose any prior classification as a labour broker or personal services company by SARS or other clients, and explain any changes that affect that classification.\n- Disclose any training received from Eskom and any use of Eskom-supplied tools or equipment.\n- Disclose if more than 80% of income is derived from Eskom services.\n- Complete and sign the representative particulars section attesting to the accuracy of information.
Description
Source: Annexure B - Acknowledgement Form for Eskom SHE Rules and other Requirements.docxThis annexure outlines the acknowledgement of Eskom’s Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) legal and other requirements. Suppliers must confirm understanding and compliance with Eskom’s OHS standards, statutory requirements, and related acts.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Annexure B - Acknowledgement Form for Eskom SHE Rules and other Requirements.docx (unknown)Legal Compliance
Experience
OHS Capability
Technical Specifications
Source: Annexure B - Acknowledgement Form for Eskom SHE Rules and other Requirements.docx (unknown)Suppliers must comply with Eskom’s Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) legal and other requirements, including:
Compliance Requirements
Source: Annexure B - Acknowledgement Form for Eskom SHE Rules and other Requirements.docx (unknown)Suppliers must:
Description
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdfEskom maintains a Zero Tolerance policy regarding Life-Saving Rules to prevent serious injury or fatality. These rules apply to all Eskom employees, agents, consultants, and contractors. Violations result in disciplinary action in accordance with the Eskom Disciplinary Code.
Important Dates
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf (unknown){
"closingDate": "2026-08-25T10:00:00.000Z"
}
Contact Information
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf (unknown){
"name": null,
"email": null,
"phone": null,
"department": "Risk and Sustainability - OHS",
"address": null
}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf (unknown)General
Safety And Compliance
Technical
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf (unknown)The document outlines Eskom's Life-Saving Rules (Zero Tolerance policy) for all employees and contractors:
Methodology
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdfSafe live work execution requires:
Quality Management
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdfCompliance is monitored through annual audit and inspection plans conducted by Groups/Divisions.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdf (unknown)Contractors must comply with the following standards and regulations:
Health & Safety
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdfContractors must adhere to the Eskom Life-Saving Rules and associated safety standards, including:
Section
Source: 240-62196227 - Life-Saving Rules Standard - Rev7 (Final)_February 2025_signed.pdfCompliance with the following is required:
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-106084675 Annexure C 3 OHS Tender Evaluation Template (High risk).docx (unknown)Submit the following returnable documents: 1. Signed acknowledgement of Eskom's OHS legal and other requirements (Annexure B). 2. ISO 45001 certificate or equivalent. 3. OHS policy signed by CEO (must comply with OHS Act Section 7).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-106084675 Annexure C 3 OHS Tender Evaluation Template (High risk).docx (unknown)To be eligible, a supplier must:
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-106084675 Annexure C 3 OHS Tender Evaluation Template (High risk).docx (unknown)OHS Compliance: 1. Valid Letter of Good Standing (COIDA or equivalent). 2. ISO 45001 certification or equivalent. 3. OHS policy compliant with OHS Act Section 7.
Description
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdfScope: Procurement and refurbishment of deashing system components at Medupi Power Station for a 5-year period. Contractor must sign a declaration to comply with environmental requirements, including adherence to Eskom’s Environmental Management Plan and applicable legal standards.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdf (unknown)Required returnable document: Signed declaration by contractor/supplier acknowledging compliance with all stated requirements. Must include: full name, designation, signature of contractor, date, and Eskom contract manager signature and date.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdf (unknown)No specific eligibility criteria are mentioned in the document, but applicants must be able to meet the environmental requirements and standards set by Eskom.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdf (unknown)Contractor must: adhere to Environmental Requirements for contractors/suppliers at Eskom Medupi Power Station and the Eskom Medupi Power Station Operation Environmental Management Plan. Comply with all applicable environmental legal and other requirements. Follow Eskom’s environmental standards, policies, and procedures where applicable. Ensure all staff are informed of their role in managing environmental impacts on site. Report all environmental incidents within 24 hours of occurrence. Implement best practices on site at all times during the contract. Address all non-conformances issued promptly.
Environmental
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdfAll environmental incidents must be reported within 24 hours of occurrence.
Special Conditions
Source: Medupi Power Station Environmental Profoma.pdf (unknown)Contractor must sign a declaration acknowledging responsibility to comply with all environmental requirements. Declaration must include: full name, designation, signature of contractor, date, and Eskom contract manager signature and date.
Important Dates
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdf (TENDER){"closingTime":"2.2","briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"tend a site visit and/or clarification meeting that is stipulated as being","is_compulsory":true}"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdf (TENDER)General
Technical
Financial
B-BBEE
Technical Specifications
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdf (TENDER)Supply Chain
Management Procedure 32-1034. Any addenda to an issued Invitation to Tender will be
published or issued in the same way as the Invitation to Tender was and will form part of the
Invitation to Tender documents.
Communication 1.5 Every communication between Eskom and a tenderer shall be made to or from the Eskom
Representative only, in w
Quality Management
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdfof a tenderer.
Cost of tendering 2.6 Accept that Eskom will not compensate the tenderer for any costs incurred in the preparation
and submission of a tender, including the costs of any testing necessary to demonstrate that
aspects of the tender satisfy the evaluation criteria, or the negotiation of any contract.
Submitting a tender 2.7 Check the Invitation to Tender documents on receipt and notify the Eskom representative of
any discrepancy or omitted documents. The Acknowledgement Form must be completed
and submitted with the tender and must clearly state if the tender is for the whole or part of
the works, services or supply identified in the specification and/or works information by
Pricing Schedule
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdfreasonable time for tenderers to make consequential adjustments to their tenders before
the closing date and time for submission.
In writing’ means hand-written, typed, type-written, printed or electronically made, and that
results in a permanent record.
Insurance 2.17 The extent (if any) of insurance provided by Eskom may not be for the full cover required in
the conditions of contract. The tenderer is advised to seek qualified advice regarding
insurance.
Pricing the tender 2.18 Include in the rates, prices, and the tendered total of the Prices all duties, taxes (including
VAT), and other levies payable by the tenderer if successful. Such duties, taxes and levies
are those applicable 14 (fourteen) days prior to the closing date and time for tender
submission.
2.19 Provide rates and Prices that are fixed for the duration of the contract and are not subject to
contract price adjustment except as provided for in the Invitation to Tender.
2.20 State the rates and Prices in South African Rand unless instructed otherwise in the Invitation
to Tender. The selected conditions of contract may provide for part payment in other
currencies. Therefore, submit Rates/Prices in Rands in accordance with the exchange rate
and base date as stipulated in the Invitation to tender.
Alterations to 2.21 May not make any alterations or additions to the tender documents, other than for purposes
documents of complying with instructions issued by the Eskom Representative or if necessary to correct
errors made by the tenderer. All such alterations shall be initialed by all signatories to the
tender. Corrections may not be made using correction fluid, correction tape or the like.
Alternative tenders 2.22 Submit alternative tenders only if a main tender is also submitted, and only if the submission
of alternative tenders is permitted by the Invitation to Tender. Accept that an alternative
tender may be based only on the criteria stated in the Tender Data.
Clarification and 2.23 Provide clarification and documents as may be required by the Eskom Representative
correction of Prices during the evaluation of tenders. However, documents identified as mandatory tender
after tender returnables that are required to be submitted at the closing date and time for tender
submission submission will not be requested and may not be submitted after the closing date and time.
phases, as this is regarded as ‘double dipping’.
Designated 3.12 Tenderers are also required to submit information on designated material and
materials and thresholds no later than contract award. If this information is not completed and
thresholds submitted as indicated in the Invitation to Tender, your tender will not be considered for
contract award
Functionality 3.13 If functionality is a criterion, tenderers will be scored against the functionality criteria and
requirements will be required meet the minimum threshold stated in the Tender Data to proceed to
further evaluation.
Financial analysis 3.14 Eskom has to determine the risk of doing business with a supplier who may pose a
(if applicable) financial risk to Eskom in the execution of the contract. During evaluation of a tenderer’s
financial statements, Eskom will attempt to identify mitigating factors or requirements for
the tenderer to meet, if such factors/requirements exist in the tender’s context. However,
should suitable mitigating factors not exist in the tender’s context or should mitigating
factors exist but be insufficient or if the risk is considered to be too high or should the
tenderer not agree with the mitigating factors, the tenderer will not be considered for
award.
Evaluation of Price 3.15 Evaluate the Price in accordance with the criteria/requirements in the Tender Data. Factors
such as CPA, FOREX, commodity exposure, unconditional discounts, technical
adjustment, PV and forecasted rates of invoicing are taken into account when determining
the evaluation Price.
Arithmetical errors 3.16 Check responsive tenders for arithmetical errors. If there is a discrepancy between an
amount in figures and the amount in words, the amount in words shall prevail.
Check the highest-ranked tenders for the following errors or omissions: -
(a) the misplacement of the decimal point in any unit rate; or
(b) omissions in completing the pricing schedule or bill of quantities, or
(c) arithmetical errors in line-item totals that are the result of the incorrect multiplication
of a unit rate and a quantity in a bill of quantities or schedule of prices; or
(d) arithmetical errors that are the result of the incorrect addition of the prices.
will request the tenderer to either confirm the prices as tendered or to accept the
corrected prices.
Where the tenderer elects to confirm the prices as tendered; Eskom will correct the error
as follows: -
(a) If a bill of quantities or pricing schedule applies and there is an error in the line-item
total that is the result of an error in multiplying the unit rate and the quantity, the line-
item total shall prevail, and the rate shall be corrected.
(b) Where there is a misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate, the line-item total
as quoted shall prevail, and the unit rate shall be corrected.
(c) Where there is an error in the total of the prices that is the result either of other
corrections required by the checking process or in the tenderer’s addition of prices,
the total of the prices shall prevail, and the tenderer shall be asked to revise the
selected item prices (and their rates if a bill of quantities applies) to result in the
tendered total of the prices.
documentation by closing date and time of tender submission, the tenderer will not be
disqualified if otherwise evaluated as acceptable in all other criteria; however, the tenderer
will score zero points for Specific Goals within the 90/10 or 80/20 allocation of points.
Ranking of tenders 3.19 According to the PPPFA, Eskom will add the score for Pricing and the Specific Goals
together and rank the suppliers from the highest to the lowest.
Objective criteria 3.20 A contract may be awarded to a tenderer that did not score the highest points only in
accordance with Section 2(1) (f) of the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act,
must stipulate the Objective Criteria in the Invitation to Tender. Functionality and any
element of the B-BBEE scorecard may not be used as Objective Criteria.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdf (TENDER)CSD report or as per certificate/affidavit provided
CSD number/CSD report) must be provided at the closing date and time for
CSD number or B-BBEE certificate/affidavit will need to be
B-BBEE Details: kom Representative and
Agreement to sign the contract documents.
Proof of authority 2.25 Where an agent submits a tender on behalf of a principal, an authenticated copy of the
to act as agent authority to act as an agent of the tenderer must be submitted as a tender returnable.
Compliance with 2.26 Comply with relevant legislation and regulatory instruments such as Instruction Notes issued
relevant legislation by National Treasury, CIDB Regulations for construction works; materials designated for local
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
applicable legislation or regulatory instruments indicated in the Invitation to Tender.
Proof of Safety, 2.27 Tenderers are required to provide proof to the satisfaction of Eskom that safety, health,
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
Environment and closing date and time for tender submission stipulated in the Invitation to Tender and/or
Quality Contract Award. All costs and personnel associated with SHEQ must be reflected in the
requirements tender.
CIDB 2.28 Where the Tender Data has stipulated CIDB grading/s as a qualification criterion, tenderers
are required to be registered with the Construction Industry Development Board at the
closing date and time for submission of tenders or to be capable of being so registered
within twenty-one (21) working days from the closing date and time for submission of
tenders.
Where CIDB is applicable; proof of registration on CIDB is mandatory at the closing date
and time for tender submission. Should this not be received as stipulated
Health & Safety
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdftenderers that Eskom has identified. A sole source and a single source are regarded as a
tenderer that meets the requirements stated in the Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain
Management Procedure 32-1034. Any addenda to an issued Invitation to Tender will be
published or issued in the same way as the Invitation to Tender was and will form part of the
Proof of authority 2.25 Where an agent submits a tender on behalf of a principal, an authenticated copy of the
to act as agent authority to act as an agent of the tenderer must be submitted as a tender returnable.
Compliance with 2.26 Comply with relevant legislation and regulatory instruments such as Instruction Notes issued
relevant legislation by National Treasury, CIDB Regulations for construction works; materials designated for local
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
applicable legislation or regulatory instruments indicated in the Invitation to Tender.
Proof of Safety, 2.27 Tenderers are required to provide proof to the satisfaction of Eskom that safety, health,
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
requirements tender.
CIDB 2.28 Where the Tender Data has stipulated CIDB grading/s as a qualification criterion, tenderers
are required to be registered with the Construction Industry Development Board at the
closing date and time for submission of tenders or to be capable of being so registered
within twenty-one (21) working days from the closing date and time for submission of
tenders.
Where CIDB is applicable; proof of registration on CIDB is mandatory at the closing date
and time for tender submission. Should this not be received as stipulated in the Invitation to
Tender; the tender will be disqualified. However, in the event that, at the closing date and
time for tender submission, only proof of application for registration on CIDB is available,
then this must be submitted by the closing date and time for tender submission, while the
actual proof of CIDB registration (printout from CIDB database) must be submitted by
contract award
Contract Skills 2.29 If the tenderer is awarded a contract, it, as Contractor, shall achieve in the performance of
Development Goal the contract the Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) established in the CIDB
(CSDG) Standard for Developing Skills through Infrastructure Contract (published in GN 1779,
Government Gazette No. April 2023)
that has a duration of 12 months or more, and to:
a contract of R5 million or more, in the case of a professional service or service contract
or an order issued in terms of such a contract; or
a CIDB grading designation of grade 7 or higher, in case of an engineering and
construction works, or design and build contract or an order issued in terms of such a
contract.
Contract 2.30 The Contractor shall achieve in the performance of the contract the Contract Participation
Participation Goals Goals (CPG) relating to the engagement of targeted enterprises as established in the CIDB
(CPG) standard for indirect targeting for enterprise development through Construction works
contracts (published in Government Gazette No. February 2013).
enterprises as established in the aforesaid standard applies to:
construction works contracts in the General Building (GB) and to Civil Engineering (CE)
classes of construction works;
construction works contracts of an estimated minimum project duration of 6 months; and
Respond 3.1 Respond to a request for clarification that Eskom receives before the closing date for
clarification clarification or queries. Eskom’s responses will be published to all tenderers in the same
manner the Invitation to Tender documents were issued. It is the tenderers’ responsibility
to check the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal regularly for updated
responses to clarifications.
Issue Addenda 3.2 If necessary and prior to the closing date and time for tender submission, amend, amplify, or
add to the Invitation to Tender documents by way of Addenda published in the same
platform that the Invitation to Tender was issued. It is the tenderers’ responsibility to
check the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal regularly for Addenda.
electronically. The Eskom Representative will publish the names of all tenderers received
on the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal.
Tender Prices 3.5 Eskom will announce the names of the tenderers. Prices may be announced if so, stated
in the Tender Data.
Non-disclosure 3.6 Unless required by law, Eskom will not disclose information relating to the evaluation and
comparison of tenders and recommendations for the award of a contract to tenderers or to
any other person not officially concerned with the tender process until after the tender
award.
Grounds for 3.7 Reject a tender if Eskom establishes that there is proof that the tenderer influenced the
rejection processing of tenders or the awarding of the contract, the existence of collusion and/or bid
rigging, and/or that the tenderer has participated in any fraudulent/illegal activity in
connection with the Invitation to Tender.
Clarification of a 3.8 Obtain clarification from a tenderer in respect of any matter in the tender that may not be
tender clear or that could give rise to ambiguity in a contract arising from this tender if the matter
were not to be clarified. A document that the Invitation to Tender identifies as a mandatory
tender returnable that is required to be submitted at the closing date and time for tender
submission will not be requested, but Eskom may seek clarity on it.
may utilise reverse e-auction in certain Enquiries. Where reverse e-auction will be utilised,
this will be indicated in the respective Invitation to Tender and the reverse e-auction
supporting documents will be issued in the Invitation to Tender. Tenderers will be required
to submit a complete tender that does not contain Prices. If a tenderer has included prices
in its tender, the prices will not be considered.
Acceptance of 3.22 Notify Eskom's acceptance to the successful tender before the expiry of the validity period
tender or agreed additional validity period. Inform the successful and unsuccessful tenderers only
once approval has been granted by the Eskom Adjudication Authority. For open tenders,
this notification must be published on the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal
Prepare contract 3.23 Revise the contract documents issued by Eskom in the Invitation to Tender documents to
documents take account of:
Addenda issued during the tender period;
inclusion of returnables stipulated in the Invitation to Tender;
inclusion of changes agreed in contract negotiations; and
Other revisions or documents agreed to between Eskom and the successful
tenderer during negotiations,
Sign Form of 3.24 Arrange for authorised signatories of both parties to complete and sign the original and one
Contractual Terms
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdfincluding the Eskom Representative shall not be liable for any losses, claims or damages of
whatsoever nature or howsoever arising that may be sustained by a tenderer or any other
person as a result of its participation in the tender or from any amendment, termination or
suspension of the process set out in the Invitation to Tender or from its exclusion from
participating in the tender process at any point.
Eskom’s right to 1.7 Eskom reserves the right to enter into mandated negotiations with any, one or more selected
negotiate tenderer(s) in accordance with Eskom’s approved procurement policies and procedures.
240-62044728 Rev 12 Eskom Standard Identifier
Conditions of Tender Effective Date 01 February 2025
Review Date January 2030
Disclaimer 1.8 While Eskom takes all reasonable measures to ensure that all information contained in the
regarding accuracy tender documents is correct and complete, Eskom does not, however, make any
of tender representations or warranties, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of
documents such information and Eskom expressly disclaims any, and all liability for such
representations, warranties or statements.
Tenderer’s 2. The tenderer shall comply with the following obligations when submitting a tender and shall:
Tender validity 2.12 Hold the tender(s) valid for acceptance by Eskom at any time within the validity period after
the closing date and time for tender submission. Extend the validity period for a specified
additional period if Eskom requests the tenderer to do so. A tenderer that agrees to extend
the validity of its tender will not be required or permitted to modify its tender. A tenderer that
does not agree to extend the validity of its tender will be excluded from further
consideration. Tenderers will be requested to extend the validity of their tenders until a
contract(s) have been concluded with one or more tenderers. A request that a tenderer
extend the validity of its tender is not a representation that the tender is an acceptable
tender or that Eskom will seek to negotiate or conclude a contract with the tenderer. If the
validity of tenders expires before contracts have been concluded, the procurement process
is deemed to have concluded without an award.
Confidentiality and 2. 13 Treat as confidential all matters that arise in connection with the procurement. Use and copy
copyright of the documents provided by Eskom only for the purpose of preparing and submitting a tender
documents in response to this Invitation to Tender.
Standardised 2.14 Obtain and familiarise themselves with, if required for the purposes of submitting a tender,
specifications and the latest revision of standardised specifications and/or other documents that have been
other publications incorporated by reference into the Invitation to Tender documents by reference.
Site visit and / or 2.15 Tenderers must attend a site visit and/or clarification meeting that is stipulated as being
clarification compulsory in order to familiarise themselves with the proposed work, services, supply,
meeting location or similar. Failure to attend a clarification meeting or site visit that is identified as
compulsory will result in disqualification from participation.
Details of the meeting(s) are stated in the Tender Data. Tenderers are entitled to ask
questions for clarity in the course of a site visit or clarification meeting.
correction of errors as required above.
Evaluation of 3.17 Score the B-BBEE level as stated on the CSD report or as per certificate/affidavit provided.
B-BBEE If the B-BBEE level is a pre-qualification criterion; then the proof of the B-BBEE level
(certificate/CSD number/CSD report) must be provided at the closing date and time for
tender submission; or the tender will be disqualified. If sub-contracting to designated groups
pre-qualification criteria are utilized (selected/mandatory) in terms of the PPPFA
Regulation, then Eskom will apply the PPPFA requirements for sub-contractors’ B-BBEE
status and the sub-contractors’ CSD number or B-BBEE certificate/affidavit will need to be
provided at the closing date and time for tender submission. Should the
information/documents provided indicate that the level is in dispute (fraudulent/ expired)
then the tender will be disqualified.
However, for the purposes of PPPFA point allocation: if no B-BBEE certificate/affidavit is
provided at Tender closing date and time for tender submission, or the
information/documents provided are fraudulent or have expired; then the tenderer will not
be disqualified (if otherwise deemed to be responsive and acceptable in all other aspects)
but will score zero under PPPFA point allocation.
Evaluation of 3.18 Score the Specific Goals with reference to the supporting documentation in the tender. If a
Section
Source: 202502-Eskom - Standard Conditions of Tender - 30 January 2025.pdfare submitted and accessible for downloading/evaluation without any challenges as well as
It must be noted that Eskom will not measure a criterion twice in the different evaluation
Functionality 3.13 If functionality is a criterion, tenderers will be scored against the functionality criteria and
further evaluation.
(if applicable) financial risk to Eskom in the execution of the contract. During evaluation of a tenderer’s
Evaluation of Price 3.15 Evaluate the Price in accordance with the criteria/requirements in the Tender Data. Factors
the evaluation Price.
but will score zero under PPPFA point allocation.
Evaluation of 3.18 Score the Specific Goals with reference to the supporting documentation in the tender. If a
Specific Goals tenderer fails to meet Specific Goals and/or to submit the required proof/supporting
will score zero points for Specific Goals within the 90/10 or 80/20 allocation of points.
Ranking of tenders 3.19 According to the PPPFA, Eskom will add the score for Pricing and the Specific Goals
Objective criteria 3.20 A contract may be awarded to a tenderer that did not score the highest points only in
must stipulate the Objective Criteria in the Invitation to Tender. Functionality and any
element of the B-BBEE scorecard may not be used as Objective Criteria.
Reverse e-Auction 3.21 Reverse e-auction is an electronic system that utilises the 90/10 and 80/20 Price and
Preference point systems, and which is intended to achieve competitive pricing. Eskom
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
Quality Contract Award. All costs and personnel associated with SHEQ must be reflected in the
However, for the purposes of PPPFA point allocation: if no B-BBEE certificate/affidavit is
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-105658000 QM58.pdf (unknown)General
Category Specific
Category1
Category2
Category3
Category4
Critical Plant
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-105658000 QM58.pdf (unknown)Title: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Alternative Reference QM 58
Number:
Area of Applicability: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
Functional Area: Quality Management
Revision: 2
Total Pages: 28
Next Review Date: October 2021
Disclosure Controlled Disclosure
Classification:
File name: QM 58_240-105658000 Final Draft 20181011/EDC TN published 24.10.2018
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
Content . Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 6
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 7
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 7
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 7
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 8
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 9
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 9
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 11
4.1 Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories ............................................................................ 14
4.1.1 Category 1: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 14
4.1.2 Category 2: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 15
4.1.3 Category 3: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 16
4.1.4 Category 4: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 17
4.2 Supplier and Sub-supplier Site Assessment ................................................................... 17
5.1 Contract Execution ......................................................................................................... 17
5.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ............................................................ 18
6.1 Eskom Rights of Access ................................................................................................. 19
6.2 Eskom Rights to Information........................................................................................... 20
6.4 Supplier Quality Audits ................................................................................................... 25
6.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom ....... 26
6.6 Special Processes .......................................................................................................... 26
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for
all existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection,
evaluation, vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers.
Eskom’s position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the
development, implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that
conforms to the requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to
continually improve their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to
the standard.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this specification is to outline the requirements according to which suppliers shall
A quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for
conformity to Eskom quality requirements, and continually adhere to them.
2.1.2 Applicability
This specification shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited divisions, its subsidiaries,
suppliers, and sub-suppliers and shall form part of all Eskom requests for information (RFI)/
requests for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for the procurement
of products and services.
2.1.3 Effective date
Date of authorisation of the specification.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Managing for the Sustained Success of an Organisation – A Quality Management
Quality Management
Source: 240-105658000 QM58.pdfFile name: QM 58_240-105658000 Final Draft 20181011/EDC TN published 24.10.2018
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
Content . Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 6
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 7
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 7
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 7
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 8
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 9
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 9
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 11
4.1 Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories ............................................................................ 14
4.1.1 Category 1: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 14
4.1.2 Category 2: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 15
4.1.3 Category 3: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 16
4.1.4 Category 4: Quality Requirements ...................................................................... 17
4.2 Supplier and Sub-supplier Site Assessment ................................................................... 17
5.1 Contract Execution ......................................................................................................... 17
5.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ............................................................ 18
6.1 Eskom Rights of Access ................................................................................................. 19
6.2 Eskom Rights to Information........................................................................................... 20
6.4 Supplier Quality Audits ................................................................................................... 25
6.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom ....... 26
6.6 Special Processes .......................................................................................................... 26
all existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection,
evaluation, vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers.
Eskom’s position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the
development, implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that
conforms to the requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to
continually improve their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to
the standard.
A quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for
conformity to Eskom quality requirements, and continually adhere to them.
2.1.2 Applicability
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[14] QM-15: Supplier Assessment Procedure
[15] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this
specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of
quality required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering
quality. Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be
achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality
management system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related
documentation such as procedures and instructions.
2.3.10 Quality Plan: document specifying which processes, procedures and associated resources
will be applied by whom and when, to meet the requirements of a specific project, product,
process or contract
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria.
(This term is equivalent to QIP and ITP.)
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
but may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers)
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control)
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or
services which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service
provider. A supplier may be a natural or legal person and includes any employee acting
within the course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or
on behalf of, or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier
database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has
been formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for QM 58 and Quality
Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard).
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for QM 58 and Quality
Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-109251490 Corrective Action Request (CAR)
[5] 240-109254030 Concession: Contractor’s Application for Eskom Inspection of the Works/Part
of the Works
[6] 240-109254710 Concession: Application for Defect (Concession) Acceptance
[7] 240-109254324 Defect Notification
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement and maintain a formal quality
management system that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable
standard of quality management system (latest applicable revision) and in accordance with
the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documentation such as a quality
manual, quality plans, work procedures, work instructions, method statements, work flow
documentation, etc., as the case may be. This requirement constitutes the most basic
quality management system requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnables, as per the categories
of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a quality management system shall
carry a valid ISO 9001 certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the
applicable Eskom invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/
all manufacturing third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnables, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully documented,
implemented, and maintained quality management system that complies with the ISO 9001
standard or any applicable standard of quality management system. In the event that the
supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, testing, storage, delivery,
installation, commissioning, and project management.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality control
elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of work/supply and ensure that
its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom requirements.
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the quality management
system or staff that will affect the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for their
sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
3.2 Quality Plan
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per
the categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products,
services and processes shall have a documented, implemented, and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and
test plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project quality
management system processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In addition to the
elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall include the
following:
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book,
prior to shipment.
3.3.4 The management of the welder’s qualification record (WQR), welding procedure
specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR) that will be used in the
performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to commencing manufacture.
procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the supplier, and
welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to
conduct radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and
personnel records shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
address all quality-control-related activities in chronological order, from contract review through
materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, documentation, and
certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’ QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and they shall
allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness points
prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
3.4.5 All applicable codes, standards, and relevant acceptance criteria documents are available
at the work location, and Eskom representatives on site shall have on-going access to this
information. Workplace documentation shall be available in English and in any workforce-
appropriate language.
3.4.6 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.7 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and
proper implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or
developed by sub-suppliers.
3.4.8 Eskom reserves the right to select witness and hold points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom
oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
3.4.9 All completed ITPs with the supplier’s intervention points will be submitted to Eskom to
enable the latter to fill in its preferred intervention points. Once signed, the ITPs and CQPs
become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can be reviewed at Eskom’s
discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or other risks. The ITPs
should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.10 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
points
authority/ agency
having intervention in the plan
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.11 The supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the
ensure that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness,
hold, document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of
each of the above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
inspectors
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
acceptance test and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.12 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
3.4.13 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided
with comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols,
including processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
be inspected
distribution, and report retention requirements
in inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
3.4.14 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-
supplier inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier
inspection reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.15 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.16 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.17 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom
will keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.18 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their
quality representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.19 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as
required.
3.4.20 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for
such organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
4.1 Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
classified into four categories (category 1, 2, 3 and 4). Suppliers must prepare and submit quality
documentation as per the tender selected category (indicated in Form A) using the list of tender
returnables document. The following are the minimum documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
4.1.1 Category 1: Quality Requirements
58 and ISO 9001).
management system (the latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s
business management processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a
consistent basis.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done. The plan must address
the minimum requirements as per ISO 10005.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
4.1.2 Category 2: Quality Requirements
58 and ISO 9001).
complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved copies) shall be submitted:
Records required by ISO 9001 standard (List of Records)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done. The plan must address the
minimum requirements as per ISO 10005 (if applicable).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
4.1.3 Category 3: Quality Requirements
58 and ISO 9001).
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documents (approved/signed copies) shall be
submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a document that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy
o Quality Objectives
o Control of documented information
o Records required by ISO 9001 standard (List of Records)
o Internal audit procedure
o Control of nonconformity outputs
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
quality control plan (QCP). The plan must address the minimum requirements as per ISO
10005 (if applicable).
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
4.1.4 Category 4: Quality Requirements
58 and ISO 9001).
the scope of work, or a document that have defined the QMS and its scope.
The method statement should address all the supplier’s business management processes to
ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
signed off by Eskom within 30 days after contract award.
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days after contract award.
and by Eskom within 30 days after the award of the tender. All supplier and Eskom
comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
Note: these plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
quality manager or his/her representative for the contract.
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
5.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase
6.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
6.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
6.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
6.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
6.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
6.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
6.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
6.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
6.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
supplier’s audit schedule.
6.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
6.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
6.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
6.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
6.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
6.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
6.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
6.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
6.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
6.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
6.2.14 Reserves the right to select witness and hold points within all developed supplier QCPs/
consisting of plans, processes, procedures, and actions undertaken for the purpose of
planning for, and maintenance of, material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation
programme scope includes, but is not limited to, the following:
6.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements
6.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need
6.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during at least, but
not limited to, the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage,
and commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order
to allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control. Eskom seeks cooperation
between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service provider in ensuring
seamless installation of the device and other associated installations. Moreover, there is
also a need to integrate data flows and systems between Eskom and the supplier. Further
details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
6.3.4 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements
6.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier-provided preservation requirements
and recommendations
6.3.6 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations
6.3.7 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services
6.3.8 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations
6.3.9 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records
6.3.10 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not yet
deployed for operational purposes.
6.3.11 Where the project responsibility for equipment and materials management has been
formally delegated, the supplier’s preservation programme shall ensure clear and
unambiguous communication of pre-operation preservation of goods quality requirements to
sub-suppliers.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and
storage areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris
impact on stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or
machinery, etc.;
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
for example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other
impact-sensitive structures or components;
supplemented by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective
perimeter;
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
6.4 Supplier Quality Audits
6.4.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
6.4.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
6.4.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Cqp.
6.4.4 The supplier shall submit, for Eskom review, documented processes for conducting project
scope of work quality audits and related quality performance reviews. Supplier quality
audits and related quality performance review processes shall be designed to address
evaluation of progress towards completion of project functional area deliverables as well as
final deliverable quality.
6.4.5 The supplier shall provide a schedule of anticipated quality audits covering all functional
areas and related quality performance reviews at the time of first post-contract award CQP
submission.
6.4.6 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
6.4.7 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management
evaluations (risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
6.4.8 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
6.4.9 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
6.4.10 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
6.4.11 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and
inspect the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
6.4.15 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
6.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
6.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be
investigated by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause,
corrective action, and preventive measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
6.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity, and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
6.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
6.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any non-conforming products
during the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to
be in breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
6.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
6.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within seven (7) days
identifying.
6.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
6.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
6.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
6.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
6.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
6.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
6.6.6 The supplier shall ensure that all operators are suitably qualified for these processes in
accordance with the procedures, processes and/ or applicable standards/ codes.
6.6.7 The records of qualification of procedures, processes and operators shall be maintained by
the supplier in accordance with the applicable procedure or code and these made available
to Eskom at all times.
Kerseri Pather General Manager: Sustainability Systems
Fiona Havenga Senior Manager: Quality Management & Business Excellence
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Supplier Quality Management
Meisie Sindane Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Andy Mabena Middle Manager: QM Auditing & Support
Suzette Manthe Senior Advisor: Quality Reporting, Planning and Performance
Lenock Meyer Middle Manager: Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Lorna Ndlela Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
Specification reviewed to be aligned with the October 2018 2 SA Sambo requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender
returnable documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-105658000 QM58.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 1
B-BBEE Details: er: 240-105658000
Revision: 2
Page:
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Managing for the Sustained Success of an Organisation – A Quality Management
Approach
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] QM-14: Supplier Auditing, Including the Qualification and Requalification of Strategic
Suppliers
[13] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[14] QM-15: Supplier Assessment Procedure
[15] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this
specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of
quality required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering
quality. Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be
achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond
Section
Source: 240-105658000 QM58.pdfSupplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for
all existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection,
evaluation, vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers.
development, implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that
A quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for
conformity to Eskom quality requirements, and continually adhere to them.
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management System
lity Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Managing for the Sustained Success of an Organisation – A Quality Management
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of
quality required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering
quality. Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
Description
Source: Code of Ethics 32-527.pdfThis document is Eskom’s Code of Ethics ('The Way'), which establishes ethical standards and behavior for all directors, employees, and suppliers of Eskom Holdings SOC Limited and its subsidiaries. It is not a tender document but a policy framework. Key points include:
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Code of Ethics 32-527.pdf (unknown)While specific technical eligibility criteria are not detailed in the provided 'Code of Ethics' document, it is implied that all potential bidders and their employees involved in this tender must:
Compliance Requirements
Source: Code of Ethics 32-527.pdf (unknown)Suppliers must adhere to Eskom’s Code of Ethics ('The Way'), which outlines ethical standards and behavior for all business interactions. Key compliance points include:
Health & Safety
Source: Code of Ethics 32-527.pdfEskom’s Zero Harm value underpins its commitment to safety, health, and environmental standards. Key points for suppliers:
Requirements
Source: Code of Ethics 32-527.pdf (unknown)General ethical and behavioral requirements for suppliers and contractors working with Eskom:
Sets the constitutional standard for fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective public procurement.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 5 of 2000
Covers preferential procurement and preference-point systems used in public tenders.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 12 of 2004
Supports anti-corruption controls and supplier integrity in procurement processes.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 28 of 2024
Provides the national framework for public procurement across government.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 2 of 2000
Supports access to tender records, award decisions and public-sector procurement information.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 3 of 2000
Supports lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair administrative tender decisions.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Address
MEDUPI POWER STATION - LEPHALALE - LEPHALALA - 0555
Source confidence
High source confidence
Official source
eTenders.gov.za
Documents found
37
Last checked
29 Jul 2026
AI status
Enhanced
Data conflicts
None detected
This tender has strong source evidence, including source metadata and supporting tender information synced from the government tender portal.
Tenders SA is not the issuing authority. All tenders are automatically synced from the official government tender portal. Always confirm final submission details, closing dates, briefing sessions, eligibility requirements, and documents on the official government portal before applying.
Key Personnel
Provinces Active
Industries
Local Content
Preference may be given to applicants with local content or B-BBEE (Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment) compliance (if applicable).
Insurance
Adequate insurance coverage for liability, property damage, and worker safety.
Documentation
Ability to generate and submit **all required documentation** (QCP, ITPs, databooks, etc.) in the specified formats and timelines.